diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
335 files changed, 4122 insertions, 3283 deletions
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 14e9844..fefc5c8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ <para> V tĂ©to sekci najdete Ăşvod k nastavenĂ &bibletime; kterĂ© najdete pod volbou <guimenu>NastavenĂ</guimenu> v hlavnĂm menu.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> - <title>NastavenĂ Dialogu BibleTime</title> - <para>UĹľivatelskĂ© rozhranĂ programu &bibletime; mĹŻĹľe bĂ˝t uzpĹŻsobeno mnoha smÄ›ry v -závislosti na vašich potĹ™ebách. K dialogu nastavenĂ mĹŻĹľete pĹ™istoupit -vĂ˝bÄ›rem<menuchoice> <guimenu>NastavenĂ</guimenu> </menuchoice> + <title>Dialog NastavenĂ &bibletime;</title> + <para>UĹľivatelskĂ© rozhranĂ programu &bibletime; mĹŻĹľe bĂ˝t uzpĹŻsobeno v mnoha +smÄ›rech, v závislosti na vašich potĹ™ebách. K dialogu nastavenĂ mĹŻĹľete +pĹ™istoupit vĂ˝bÄ›rem <menuchoice> <guimenu>NastavenĂ</guimenu> </menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Natavit &bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> <title> @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ náhled v pravĂ©m poli.</para> <para>Zde mĹŻĹľete zvolit jazyk, kterĂ˝ bude pouĹľit pro jmĂ©na biblickĂ˝ch knih. Pokud je dostupnĂ˝, nastavte tuto moĹľnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cĂtit doma.</para> - <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can -override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be -displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for -each language.</para> + <para>V základnĂm nastavenĂ pouĹľĂvá &bibletime; vĂ˝chozĂ systĂ©movĂ© pĂsmo. Pokud je +to nezbytnĂ©, mĹŻĹľete to zmÄ›nit. NÄ›kterĂ© jazyky vyĹľadujĂ pro správnĂ© zobrazenĂ +speciálnĂ pĂsma, tento dialog vám umoĹľnĂ nastavit vlastnĂ pĂsmo pro kaĹľdĂ˝ +jazyk.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ vĂte, Ĺľe standardnĂ pĂsmo neobsahuje znaky uĹľitĂ© v tomto dĂle. </para> <para>K nápravÄ› vyberte jazyk tohoto dĂla z rozbalovacĂho menu. ZaškrtnÄ›te pouĹľĂt vlastnĂ pĂsmo. NynĂ vyberte pĂsmo. NapĹ™Ăklad, pĂsmo podporujĂcĂ mnoho znakĹŻ je Code2000. Pokud žádnĂ© z nainstalovanĂ˝ch pĂsem neumĂ zobrazit dĂlo o kterĂ© -se zajĂmáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizaÄŤnĂ balĂÄŤek pro teno jazyk.</para> +se zajĂmáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizaÄŤnĂ balĂÄŤek pro tento jazyk.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> <title>Instalace pĂsem</title> <para>DetailnĂ popis instalace pĂsem pĹ™esahuje rozsah tĂ©to pĹ™ĂruÄŤky. Pro vĂce @@ -106,14 +106,14 @@ pro rĹŻznĂ© jazyky.</para> <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> SIL unicode fonts</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry> + <entry>VĂ˝borná pĂsma Unicode od " Summer Institute of Linguistics".</entry> </row> <row> <entry> <ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/"> FreeFont</ulink> </entry> - <entry>A new free Unicode font initiative.</entry> + <entry>Nová svobodná iniciativa pĂsma Unicode.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ závislosti na jejich velikosti.</entry> <ulink url="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink> </entry> - <entry>ČásteÄŤnÄ› odpovĂdajĂcĂ, pro informacese podĂvejte na odkazovanou stránku.</entry> + <entry>ČásteÄŤnÄ› odpovĂdajĂcĂ, pro informace se podĂvejte na odkazovanou stránku.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -155,13 +155,13 @@ a pĂsma Unicode, která je podporujĂ</ulink>).</para> <title> <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> </title> - <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> + <para>Mnoho vlastnostĂ poskytovanĂ˝ch backendem Sword mĹŻĹľou bĂ˝t v &bibletime; +uzpĹŻsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte +moĹľnost vybrat vĂ˝chozĂ dĂla, která majĂ bĂ˝t pouĹľita, kdyĹľ nenà žádnĂ© dĂlo +vybráno odkazem. NapĹ™Ăklad: vĂ˝chozĂ Bible je pouĹľita k zobrazenĂ obsahu +"kĹ™ĂĹľovĂ˝ch" biblickĂ˝ch odkazĹŻ. KdyĹľ najedete nad odkaz, ÄŤasopis zobrazĂ +náhled obsahu veršů odkazujĂcĂch na toto mĂsto, ve vĂ˝chozĂ Bibli kterou jste +zvolili.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> <title> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index f4de78e..77602c7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ <title>Ăšvod</title> <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> <title>O &bibletime;</title> - <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts -and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> library, which provides -the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <ulink + <para>&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro rĹŻznĂ© texty a +jazyky. TakĂ© velkĂ© mnoĹľstvĂ modulĹŻ dÄ›l, kterĂ© je snadnĂ© nainstalovat a +spravovat. Je zaloĹľen na knihovnÄ› <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink>, která poskytuje +funkcionalitu pro &bibletime;, jako zobrazovánĂ biblickĂ˝ch textĹŻ, +vyhledávánĂ atd. Sword je vlajkovou lodĂ spoleÄŤnosti <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>.</para> <para>&bibletime; je navrĹľen k pouĹľitĂ s dĂly v jednom z formátĹŻ podporovanĂ˝ch @@ -34,18 +34,18 @@ nejmodernÄ›jšà sekce knihovny projektu Sword.</para> <varlistentry> <term>Knihy</term> <listitem> - <para>DostupnĂ© knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The + <para>DostupnĂ© knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", a"Josephus: The Complete Works"</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>Komentáře</term> <listitem> - <para>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the -Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." -With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link -linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> record your own personal notes</link> to -sections of the Bible.</para> + <para>DostupnĂ© komentáře zahrnujĂ klasiku jako "Notes on the Bible" Johna +Wesleyho, komentáře Matthewa Henryho a LutherĹŻv "Komentář ke galatskĂ˝m." +PomocĂ <emphasis>OsobnĂho</emphasis>komentáře mĹŻĹľete<link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> nahrát osobnĂ sešit poznámek</link> do +biblickĂ˝ch sekcĂ.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ sections of the Bible.</para> <varlistentry> <term>Lexikony/slovnĂky</term> <listitem> - <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, -Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible -Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible -Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</para> + <para>DostupnĂ© lexikony zahrnujĂ: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon a International Standard Bible +Encyclopedia. DostupnĂ© slovnĂky zahrnujĂ: Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, +Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of +the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist></para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index b22bcc3..e55fb34 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ k dĹŻleĹľitĂ˝m funkcĂm, na ploše vpravo skuteÄŤnÄ› pracujete.</para> <title>Části okna aplikace &bibletime;</title> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> <title>Knihovna</title> - <para>Knihona obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná dĂla, setĹ™ĂdÄ›ná podle kategoriĂ a + <para>Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná dĂla, setĹ™ĂdÄ›ná podle kategoriĂ a jazykĹŻ. Obsahuje takĂ© kategorii "ZáloĹľky" To je mĂsto, kam mĹŻĹľete uloĹľit svĂ© záloĹľky a potĂ© k nim pĹ™istupovat.</para> @@ -101,18 +101,18 @@ záloĹľky, pokud chcete zmÄ›nit jejich jmĂ©no nebo popis.</para> <title>ÄŚasopis</title> <para>Toto malĂ© okno v levĂ©m spodnĂm rohu okna &bibletime; pasivnĂ. Kdykoli je váš -kurzor umĂstÄ›n nad nÄ›jakĂ˝m textem s dalšĂmi informacemi (e.g., Strong's -numbers), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v oknÄ› ÄŤasopisu, ne v textu +kurzor umĂstÄ›n nad nÄ›jakĂ˝m textem s dalšĂmi informacemi (napĹ™. Strongova +ÄŤĂsla), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v oknÄ› ÄŤasopisu, ne v textu samotnĂ©m. ProstÄ› to vyzkoušejte.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> <title>Plocha</title> - <para>The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can -open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link -linkend="hdbk-op-search">search</link> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <link -linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">below</link>).</para> + <para>Plocha je mĂsto, kde probĂhá skuteÄŤná práce s &bibletime;. Zde mĹŻĹľete +otvĂrat dĂla z knihovny, ÄŤĂst je, <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">hledat</link> v nich a rovnou ukládat vaše poznámky +v modulu osobnĂch komentářů (podĂvejte se <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">dolĹŻ</link>).</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> <title>ÄŚtenĂ dÄ›l</title> @@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ historie jako ve vašem webovĂ©m prohlĂĹľeÄŤi.</para> <title>UmĂstÄ›nĂ aktivnĂho okna</title> <para>SamozĹ™ejmÄ› mĹŻĹľete mĂt otevĹ™eno vĂce dÄ›l ve stejnĂ© dobÄ›. Máte nÄ›kolik moĹľnostĂ jak umĂstit okna na ploše. ProsĂm podĂvejte se na poloĹľku -<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> v hlavnĂm menu. Tam uvidÄ›Ăte, Ĺľe umĂstÄ›nĂ oken -mĹŻĹľete ovládat buÄŹ osobnÄ›, nebo zvolit automatickĂ© umĂstÄ›nĂ &bibletime;. To -mĹŻĹľete cĂlit volbou jednoho z automatickĂ˝ch mĹŻdĹŻ umĂstÄ›nĂ, kterĂ© jsou -pĹ™ĂstupnĂ© pĹ™es <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>MĂłd +<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> v hlavnĂm menu. Tam uvidĂte, Ĺľe umĂstÄ›nĂ oken mĹŻĹľete +ovládat buÄŹ osobnÄ›, nebo zvolit automatickĂ© umĂstÄ›nĂ &bibletime;. Toho +docĂlĂte volbou jednoho z automatickĂ˝ch mĂłdĹŻ umĂstÄ›nĂ, kterĂ© jsou pĹ™ĂstupnĂ© +pĹ™es <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>MĂłd rozvrĹľenĂ</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. ProstÄ› to vyzkoušejte, je to snadnĂ© a funguje to.</para> </sect3> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ funguje to.</para> <title>Ăšpravy vašich vlastnĂch komentářů</title> <para>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastnĂ komentáře částĂ Bible, musĂte nainstalovat dĂlo z knihovny <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible -Society</ulink>, kterĂ© se jmenuje "Personal commentary".</para> +Society</ulink>, kterĂ© se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("OsobnĂ komentář").</para> <para>Pokud otevĹ™ete osobnĂ komentář kliknutĂm <mousebutton>levĂ˝m</mousebutton> tlaÄŤĂtkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovnÄ›, otevĹ™e se pro ÄŤtenĂ. V tomto mĂłdu @@ -150,9 +150,9 @@ zvolit <guimenu>Editovat toto dĂlo</guimenu> a potom takĂ© <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(jednoduchĂ˝ gui wysiwyg editor).</para> <tip> - <para>If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is -deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</para> + <para>Pokud je poloĹľka <menuchoice> <guimenu>Upravit toto dĂlo</guimenu> +</menuchoice> deaktivována, prosĂm zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnÄ›nĂ k zápisu +do souborĹŻ osobnĂch komentářů.</para> </tip> <tip> @@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ text.</para> <para>KdyĹľ chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevĹ™enĂ©m aktivnĂm oknÄ› (napĹ™. kapitolu bible, kterou ÄŤtete), je to stejnĂ© jako v jinĂ˝ch programech. tuto funkci mĹŻĹľete vyvolat kliknutĂm -<mousebutton>pravĂ˝m</mousebutton> tlaÄŤĂtkem myši a vyránĂm +<mousebutton>pravĂ˝m</mousebutton> tlaÄŤĂtkem myši a vybránĂm <guimenuitem>NajĂt...</guimenuitem>, nebo pouĹľitĂm horkĂ© klávesy <keycombo -action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. PĹ™eÄŤtÄ›te si jak hledat +action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. PĹ™eÄŤtÄ›te si jak hledat v celĂ˝ch dĂlech.</para> </sect2> @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ kterĂ˝ch chcete vyhledávat.</para> <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> <title>PouĹľitĂ oblastĂ vyhledávánĂ</title> <para>MĹŻĹľete pouĹľĂt rozsah hledánĂ zvolenĂm urÄŤitĂ˝ch částĂ Bible pomocĂ jednĂ© z -definovanĂ˝ch oblastĂ v seznamv <guimenu>Rozsah hledánĂ</guimenu> MĹŻĹľete +definovanĂ˝ch oblastĂ v seznamu <guimenu>Rozsah hledánĂ</guimenu> MĹŻĹľete definovat vlastnĂ vyhledávacĂ rozsahy kliknutĂm na tlaÄŤĂtko <guibutton>Nastavit rozsah</guibutton>.></para> </sect3> @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ následovanou'dvojteÄŤkou ':' a hledanĂ˝m vĂ˝razem. NapĹ™Ăklad pro vyhledáván Strongova ÄŤĂsla H8077 pouĹľijte 'strong:H8077'</para> <para>DostupnĂ© pĹ™edpony: <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> - <title>Search Types</title> + <title>Typy vyhledávánĂ</title> <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Strongova ÄŤĂsla H8077 pouĹľijte 'strong:H8077'</para> <tbody> <row> <entry>heading:</entry> - <entry>hledá nadpisy</entry> + <entry>hledá hlaviÄŤky</entry> </row> <row> <entry>footnote:</entry> @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Strongova ÄŤĂsla H8077 pouĹľijte 'strong:H8077'</para> </tbody> </tgroup> </table></para> - <para>BibleTime pouĹľĂvá pro hledánĂ vyhledávacĂ engine Lucene, kterĂ˝ má mnoho + <para>&bibletime; pouĹľĂvá pro hledánĂ vyhledávacĂ engine Lucene, kterĂ˝ má mnoho pokroÄŤilĂ˝ch vlastnostĂ. VĂce si o nÄ›m mĹŻĹľete pĹ™eÄŤĂst zde: <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> @@ -302,30 +302,29 @@ vyhledávánĂ. ZobrazĂ jednoduchou grafickou analĂ˝zu mnoĹľstvĂ nalezenĂ˝ch </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> <title><guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem></title> - <para>The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your -Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> in the main menu.</para> + <para><guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem> je nástroj pro správu +knihovny. MĹŻĹľete do vašà knihovny nainstalovat nová dĂla, nebo aktualizovat +ÄŤi odstranit ty existujĂcĂ. PĹ™Ăstupná pod <menuchoice> +<guimenu>NastavenĂ</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> v hlavnĂm menu.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> <title>NastavenĂ cesty ke knihám</title> - <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard -drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".</para> + <para>Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má &bibletime; uloĹľit knihovnu. MĹŻĹľete pouĹľĂt +mnoho adresářů. VĂ˝chozĂ je "~/.sword/".</para> <tip> - <para>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard -disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD -as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</para> + <para>Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna dĂla instalovat na disk, ale +pouĹľĂvat je pĹ™Ămo z CD, pak vloĹľte cestu k CD jako jedno z umĂstÄ›nĂ +knihovny. KdyĹľ zapnete &bibletime;, zobrazĂ se všechna dĂla, pokud je CD +vloĹľeno v mechanice.</para> </tip> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> <title>Instalace/aktualizace dÄ›l</title> <para>TĂmto nástrojem se mĹŻĹľete pĹ™ipojit k repositáři dÄ›l (je zvanĂ˝ "knihovna", "library") a nahrát jedno nebo vĂce dÄ›l do svĂ© lokálnĂ knihovny. Tyto -knihovny mohou bĂ˝t lokálnĂ (napĹ™. Sword CD) nebo vzdálenĂ© (napĹ™. Crosswire's -online repository of Sword modules nebo jinĂ© stránky nabĂzejĂcĂ moduly -Sword). SvĂ© knihovny mĹŻĹľete spravovat pomocĂ <guibutton>PĹ™idat +knihovny mohou bĂ˝t lokálnĂ (napĹ™. Sword CD) nebo vzdálenĂ© +(napĹ™. Crosswireonline repositář modulĹŻ Sword nebo jinĂ© stránky nabĂzejĂcĂ +moduly Sword). SvĂ© knihovny mĹŻĹľete spravovat pomocĂ <guibutton>PĹ™idat knihovnu</guibutton> a <guibutton>Smazat knihovnu</guibutton>.</para> <para>Pro zahájenĂ procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke kterĂ© se chcete pĹ™ipojit a umĂstÄ›nĂ lokálnĂ knihovny pro instalaci dÄ›l. Potom diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 2534d2d..0fbe260 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ sekci</link>.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ sekci</link>.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>ZavĹ™e BibleTime.</action> BibleTime se vás zeptá, jestli si pĹ™ejete -zapsat neuloĹľenĂ© zmÄ›ny na disk.</para> + <action>ZavĹ™e &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; se vás zeptá, jestli si +pĹ™ejete zapsat neuloĹľenĂ© zmÄ›ny na disk.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ zapsat neuloĹľenĂ© zmÄ›ny na disk.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to -maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + <action>PĹ™epĂná zobrazenĂ pĹ™es celou obrazovku.</action> Aktivujte tuto +moĹľnost pokud chcete maximalizovat okno &bibletime;.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ nebo vypnutĂ zobrazenĂ ÄŤasopisu na levĂ© stranÄ›.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ Bibli</action>. Do vyhledávacĂho dialogu mohou bĂ˝t pĹ™Ădána dalšà dĂla.< <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -170,23 +170,21 @@ vyhledávacĂho dialogu mohou bĂ˝t pĹ™Ădána dalšà dĂla.</para> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> <title> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> </title> + <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Ukládá aktuálnĂ sezenĂ.</action>. OtevĹ™e kontextovĂ© menu, kde mĹŻĹľete @@ -194,91 +192,152 @@ zvolit jiĹľ uloĹľenĂ© sezenĂ, kterĂ© bude pĹ™epsáno vašĂm aktuálnĂm. PodĂ na dalšà poloĹľku jak uloĹľit novĂ© sezenĂ.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Ukládá aktuálnĂ sezenĂ pod novĂ˝m jmĂ©nem</action>. Zeptá se na jmĂ©no pro uloĹľenĂ sezenĂ.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> <term> <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>NaÄŤte existujĂcĂ sezenĂ</action>. OtevĹ™e kontextovĂ© menu, kde mĹŻĹľete +vybrat existujĂcĂ sezenĂ a naÄŤĂst ho.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>VymaĹľe existujĂcĂ sezenĂ</action>. OtevĹ™e kontextovĂ© menu, kde +mĹŻĹľete vybrat existujĂcĂ sezenĂ, kterĂ© má bĂ˝t vymazáno.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Ovládá chovánĂ jednoduchĂ©ho rozvrĹľenĂ oken</action>. V otevĹ™enĂ©m +kontextovĂ©m menu mĹŻĹľete zvolit, Ĺľe se chcete o rozvrĹľenĂ oken starat osobnÄ› +(RuÄŤnĂ mĂłd) nebo pouĹľĂt pĹ™ipravenĂ© moĹľnosti &bibletime; (AutomatickĂ© mĂłdy, +tak je vyzkoušejte!)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <!--- TODO add submen items here --> +<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>NaÄŤte existujĂcĂ sezenĂ</action>. OtevĹ™e kontextovĂ© menu, kde mĹŻĹľete -vybrat existujĂcĂ sezenĂ a naÄŤĂst ho.</para> + <action>Všechna otevĹ™ená okna do kaskády</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <term> <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>VymaĹľe existujĂcĂ sezenĂ</action>. OtevĹ™e kontextovĂ© menu, kde -mĹŻĹľete vybrat existujĂcĂ sezenĂ, kterĂ© má bĂ˝t vymazáno.</para> + <action>Automaticky dláždĂ všechna otevĹ™ená okna vertikálnÄ›</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <term> <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" - format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Ovládá chovánĂ jednoduchĂ©ho rozvrĹľenĂ oken</action>. V otevĹ™enĂ©m -kontextovĂ©m menu mĹŻĹľete zvolit, Ĺľe se chcete o rozvrĹľenĂ oken starat osobnÄ› -(RuÄŤnĂ mĂłd) nebo pouĹľĂt pĹ™ipravenĂ© moĹľnosti &bibletime; (AutomatickĂ© mĂłdy, -tak je vyzkoušejte!)</para> + <action>Automaticky dláždĂ všechna otevĹ™ená okna horizontálnÄ›.</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -289,6 +348,7 @@ tak je vyzkoušejte!)</para> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>ZavĹ™e všechna otevĹ™ená okna</action>.</para> @@ -296,6 +356,7 @@ tak je vyzkoušejte!)</para> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <title> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> @@ -341,8 +402,8 @@ nastavit všechny vlastnosti &bibletime;, kterĂ© potĹ™ebujete. ProsĂm navštivt </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>OtevĹ™e dialog kde mĹŻĹľete zmÄ›nit vaše nastavenĂ Sword a spraovat svou -knihovnu</action>. Dalšà inormace naleznete v <link + <action>OtevĹ™e dialog kde mĹŻĹľete zmÄ›nit vaše nastavenĂ Sword a spravovat +svou knihovnu</action>. Dalšà inormace naleznete v <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">tĂ©to sekci</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -373,7 +434,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">tĂ©to sekci</link>.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now.</para> + <action>OtevĹ™e pĹ™ĂruÄŤku &bibletime;</action>, kterou právÄ› ÄŤtete.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -397,13 +458,12 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">tĂ©to sekci</link>.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of -the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the -scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen -as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We -expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If -you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in -your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + <action>OtevĹ™e prĹŻvodce jak studovat Bibli</action>. PřánĂm tĂ˝mu &bibletime; +je, aby toto HowTo podnĂtilo ÄŤtenáře ke studiu posvátnĂ˝ch textĹŻ, k tomu +dozvÄ›dÄ›t se co Ĺ™ĂkajĂ. Tato pĹ™ĂruÄŤka byla zvolena proto, Ĺľe neobhajuje +doktrĂnu žádnĂ© konkrĂ©tnĂ denominace. OÄŤekáváme, Ĺľe budete ÄŤĂst a studovat +PĂsma, abyste jim rozumÄ›li. KdyĹľ zaÄŤnete s postojem, Ĺľe chcete mĂt semeno +PánÄ› v srdci, On vás nezklame.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -416,10 +476,9 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> -contains information about &bibletime; software version, project -contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the -license agreement.</para> + <action>OtevĹ™e okno s informacemi o projektu &bibletime;</action> obsahuje +informace o verzi &bibletime;, pĹ™ispÄ›vatelĂch projektu, verzi &sword;, verzi +&qt; a licenÄŤnĂ ujednánĂ.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -428,11 +487,12 @@ license agreement.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> <title>Seznam horkĂ˝ch kláves</title> - <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</para> + <para>Toto je seznam všech horkĂ˝ch kláves a s nimi souvisejĂcĂho popisu v +pĹ™ĂruÄŤce. HorkĂ© klávesy jsou setĹ™ĂdÄ›ny (pĹ™ibliĹľnÄ›) abecednÄ›. Pokud chcete +pĹ™esnÄ› vÄ›dÄ›t která z horkĂ˝ch kláves odpovĂdá tĂ© kterĂ© poloĹľce menu, mĹŻĹľete +se podĂvat pĹ™Ămo do nabĂdek &bibletime; (vĹľdy se zde zobrazujĂ horkĂ© +klávesy), nebo si prohlĂ©dnÄ›te <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">tuto +sekci</link>.</para> <informaltable> <tgroup cols="2"> <colspec colname="hotkey" /> @@ -446,43 +506,47 @@ can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</par <tbody> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Posune zpÄ›t v historii aktivnĂho okna.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Posune vpĹ™ed v historii aktivnĂho okna.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hledat ve vĂ˝chozĂ -bibli</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>otevĹ™e vyhledávacĂ dialog pro -vyhledávánĂ ve vĂ˝chozĂ bibli.</entry> +<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hledat ve vĂ˝chozĂ bibli</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>otevĹ™e vyhledávacĂ dialog pro vyhledávánĂ ve vĂ˝chozĂ +bibli.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo> </entry> + <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>MĂłd + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>MĂłd rozvrĹľenĂ</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automaticky dlaĹľdice -vertikálnÄ›</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> zapne automatickĂ© skládánĂ oken.</entry> +vertikálnÄ›</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> zapnout automatickĂ© skládánĂ oken. + </entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>MĂłd @@ -491,8 +555,8 @@ horizontálnÄ›</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> zapne automatickĂ© skládánĂ oken.< </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>MĂłd @@ -501,8 +565,8 @@ rozvrĹľenĂ</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automaticky kaskádovat</guimenuitem> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>MĂłd @@ -511,63 +575,104 @@ zapne manuálnĂ skládánĂ oken.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>UloĹľit jako novou relaci</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>uložà aktuálnĂ náhled jako novou relaci.</entry> +</menuchoice> </link> uložà aktuálnĂ náhled jako novou relaci.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>ZavĹ™Ăt vše</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>zavĹ™e všechna otevĹ™ená okna.</entry> +</link> zavĹ™e všechna otevĹ™ená okna.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Oddálit. Zmenšà velikost pĂsma v aktivnĂm oknÄ›.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>PĹ™iblĂĹľit. ZvÄ›tšà velikost pĂsma v aktivnĂm oknÄ›.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Vybrat vše. Vybere všechen text v aktivnĂm oknÄ›.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>KopĂrovat. ZkopĂruje vybranĂ˝ text do schránky.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Hledat. Vyhledává v textu aktivnĂho okna</entry> </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>DlaĹľdice vertikálnÄ›</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>DlaĹľdice horizontálnÄ›</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link>. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kaskáda</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> obdoba oken. + </entry> + </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> @@ -575,20 +680,21 @@ zapne manuálnĂ skládánĂ oken.</entry> dĂlech</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> otevĹ™e dialog pro vyhledávánĂ ve všech otevĹ™enĂ˝ch dĂlech.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Soubor</guimenu> <guimenuitem>UkonÄŤit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>ukonÄŤĂ &bibletime;.</entry> +</link> ukonÄŤĂ &bibletime;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>ZavĹ™e aktuálnĂ okno.</entry> </row> @@ -600,7 +706,7 @@ všech otevĹ™enĂ˝ch dĂlech.</entry> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>NápovÄ›da</guimenu> <guimenuitem>PĹ™ĂruÄŤka</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>otevĹ™e pĹ™ĂruÄŤku.</entry> +</menuchoice> otevĹ™e pĹ™ĂruÄŤku.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 8a708aa..d230052 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ prostĹ™edĂ. &bibletime; mĹŻĹľete spustit z menu Start touto ikonou: </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> <title>Dalšà správci oken</title> - <para>&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</para> + <para>&bibletime; mĹŻĹľe bĂ˝t pouĹľĂván takĂ© s dalšĂmi okennĂmi správci jako Gnome, +BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox nebo Sawfish, pokud jsou poĹľadovanĂ© knihovny +nainstalovány na vašem poÄŤĂtaÄŤi.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> <title>NastavenĂ spuštÄ›nĂ</title> @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ vĂ˝chozĂ bibli: </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> <title>SpouštÄ›cĂ sekvence.</title> - <para>KdyĹľ se &bibletime; spouštĂ, mĹŻĹľete vidÄ›t následujĂcĂ obrazovky pĹ™edtĂm, nez + <para>KdyĹľ se &bibletime; spouštĂ, mĹŻĹľete vidÄ›t následujĂcĂ obrazovky pĹ™edtĂm, neĹľ se otevĹ™e hlavnĂ okno &bibletime;:</para> <variablelist> <varlistentry> @@ -44,13 +44,12 @@ se otevĹ™e hlavnĂ okno &bibletime;:</para> <listitem> <para> <action>Upravit vaši knihovnu.</action> Tento dialog vám umoĹľnĂ upravovat -vaši knihovnu, pĹ™idávat nebo mazat dĂla ve vašem systĂ©mu.This dialog lets -you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. Bude -zobrazen pouze v pĹ™ĂpadÄ›, Ĺľe nebude nalezena vĂ˝chozĂ knihovna. ProsĂm -podĂvejte se do <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> tĂ©to sekce</link> -pokud chcete znát vĂce detailĹŻ. Pokud zaÄŤĂnáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude -uĹľiteÄŤnĂ© nainstalovat alespoĹ jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, -abyste se rychle seznámili se základnĂmi vlastnostmi &bibletime;.</para> +vaši knihovnu, pĹ™idávat nebo mazat dĂla ve vašem systĂ©mu. Bude zobrazen +pouze v pĹ™ĂpadÄ›, Ĺľe nebude nalezena vĂ˝chozĂ knihovna. ProsĂm podĂvejte se do +<link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">tĂ©to sekce</link>, pokud se chcete +dozvÄ›dÄ›t vĂce. Pokud zaÄŤĂnáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude uĹľiteÄŤnĂ© +nainstalovat alespoĹ jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, abyste se +rychle seznámili se základnĂmi vlastnostmi &bibletime;.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook index 8faa5e8..c2b1d5d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> <copyright> <year>1999-2009</year> - <holder>TĂ˝m &bibletime;</holder> + <holder>tĂ˝m &bibletime;</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>PĹ™ĂruÄŤka &bibletime; je součástĂ &bibletime;.</para> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <date>2009-04</date> <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> <abstract> - <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> + <para>&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible zaloĹľenĂ˝ na frameworku Sword.</para> </abstract> <keywordset> <keyword>QT4</keyword> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html index ee36746..06e3133 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -7,43 +7,43 @@ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> HotKeys </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> V této sekci najdete úvod k nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> které najdete pod volbou -<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime</h2></div></div></div><p>Uživatelské rozhraní programu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být uzpůsobeno mnoha směry v -závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete přistoupit -výběrem<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Natavit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>Uživatelské rozhraní programu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha +směrech, v závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete +přistoupit výběrem <span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> +<span class="guimenuitem">Natavit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuštění. Vyberte z následujících možností: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Zobrazovat uvítací obrazovku</p></li></ul></div><p>Šablony zobrazení určují způsob zobrazení textu (barvu, velikost atd.). Přímo dostupných je více šablon. Když jednu z nich zvolíte, objeví se -náhled v pravém poli.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +náhled v pravém poli.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Zde můžete zvolit jazyk, který bude použit pro jména biblických knih. Pokud -je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cítit doma.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can -override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be -displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for -each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Dialog nastavení - písma"><div class="caption"><p>Dialog nastavení - Písma</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> umí používat všechna podporovaná písma. Pokud jsou díla o které +je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cítit doma.</p><p>V základním nastavení používá <span class="application">BibleTime</span> výchozí systémové písmo. Pokud je +to nezbytné, můžete to změnit. Některé jazyky vyžadují pro správné zobrazení +speciální písma, tento dialog vám umožní nastavit vlastní písmo pro každý +jazyk.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Dialog nastavení - písma"><div class="caption"><p>Dialog nastavení - Písma</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> umí používat všechna podporovaná písma. Pokud jsou díla o které se zajímáte zobrazena správně, není potřeba zde nic měnit.Pokud se dílo zobrazuje jen jako řetězec otazníků (?????) nebo prázdných čtverců, pak víte, že standardní písmo neobsahuje znaky užité v tomto díle. </p><p>K nápravě vyberte jazyk tohoto díla z rozbalovacího menu. Zaškrtněte použít vlastní písmo. Nyní vyberte písmo. Například, písmo podporující mnoho znaků je Code2000. Pokud žádné z nainstalovaných písem neumí zobrazit dílo o které -se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro teno jazyk.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalace písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více +se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro tento jazyk.</p><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalace písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více informací můžete použít <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud používáte malé písmo jako například Clearlyu (asi 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(asi 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Získání písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Vaše *nixová distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Existující instalace <span class="trademark">Microsoft +poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(asi 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Získání písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Vaše *nixová distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Existující instalace <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® na stejném počítači.</p></li><li><p>Kolekce písem, jako jsou dostupné od Adobe nebo Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online kolekce písem</p></li></ul></div><p>Písma Unicode podporují více znaků než ostatní písma, některá z nich jsou dostupná zdarma. Žádné z dostupných písem neobsahuje všechny znaky definované standardem Unicode, takže budete možná chtít použít různá písma -pro různé jazyky.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Písma Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Písma Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +pro různé jazyky.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 4.1. Písma Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Písma Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Možná nejlepší svobodné písmo Unicode, pokrývá široký výběr znaků.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> SIL unicode fonts</a> - </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> + </td><td>Výborná písma Unicode od " Summer Institute of Linguistics".</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> FreeFont</a> - </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td> + </td><td>Nová svobodná iniciativa písma Unicode.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top"> Crosswire's font directory</a> </td><td>Různá písma přístupná z ftp Crosswire Bible Society.</td></tr><tr><td> @@ -53,21 +53,21 @@ pro různé jazyky.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts- závislosti na jejich velikosti.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Obsaženo v mnoha distribucích. Obsahuje Evropské, Řecké, Hebrejské, Thajské.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Částečně odpovídající, pro informacese podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Dobré seznamy písem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera( + </td><td>Částečně odpovídající, pro informace se podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Dobré seznamy písem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Vícejazyčná Unicode TrueType Fonts na internetu</a>), nebo jedno od Alana Wooda ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> výběr znaků Unicode -a písma Unicode, která je podporují</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +a písma Unicode, která je podporují</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> - </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžou být v <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +uzpůsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte +možnost vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo +vybráno odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu +"křížových" biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobrazí +náhled obsahu veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste +zvolili.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Horké klávesy jsou speciální klávesové příkazy, které můžete použít namísto položek v menu, nebo ikon. Mnoho příkazů v <span class="application">BibleTime</span> má definovány horké klávesy (kompletní seznam naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves">této sekci</a>). Většině příkazů <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zde může přiřadit horké klávesy. To je velmi užitečné pro rychlý -přístup k funkcím, které nejvíce potřebujete.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Export a tisk </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Odkazy</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +přístup k funkcím, které nejvíce potřebujete.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Export a tisk </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 5. Odkazy</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html index 92a1def..d3862a7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Úvod</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Úvod</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Úvod</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts -and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides -the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je navržen k použití s díly v jednom z formátů podporovaných +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Úvod</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Úvod</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitola 1. Úvod</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různé texty a +jazyky. Také velké množství modulů děl, které je snadné nainstalovat a +spravovat. Je založen na knihovně <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a>, která poskytuje +funkcionalitu pro <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, jako zobrazování biblických textů, +vyhledávání atd. Sword je vlajkovou lodí společnosti <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je navržen k použití s díly v jednom z formátů podporovaných projektem Sword. Kompletní informace o podporovaných formátech dokumentů naleznete ve<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> vývojářské sekci</a> na stránkách projektu Sword, Crosswire Bible -Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Dostupná díla</h3></div></div></div><p>Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycích jsou dostupné ze stránek <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. To zahrnuje: +Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Dostupná díla</h3></div></div></div><p>Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycích jsou dostupné ze stránek <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. To zahrnuje: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bible</span></dt><dd><p>Úplný text Bible, s volitelnými věcmi jako Strongova čísla, nadpisy, nebo poznámky v textu. Bible jsou dostupné v mnoha jazycích, nejen v moderních verzích, ale také ve starověkých jako Codex Leningradensis ( Kodex Leningradský; "WLC", Hebrejsky), nebo Septuaginta ("LXX", Řecky). Toto je -nejmodernější sekce knihovny projektu Sword.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Knihy</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The -Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Komentáře</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the -Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." -With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů"> record your own personal notes</a> to -sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Denní zamyšlení</span></dt><dd><p>Mnoho lidí oceňuje tyto denní porce Božího slova. Mezi dostupná díla patří -"Denní světlo na cestu" a "Losungen".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikony/slovníky</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, -Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible -Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible -Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivace</h3></div></div></div><p>Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s +nejmodernější sekce knihovny projektu Sword.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Knihy</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", a"Josephus: The +Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Komentáře</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné komentáře zahrnují klasiku jako "Notes on the Bible" Johna +Wesleyho, komentáře Matthewa Henryho a Lutherův "Komentář ke galatským." +Pomocí <span class="emphasis"><em>Osobního</em></span>komentáře můžete<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů"> nahrát osobní sešit poznámek</a> do +biblických sekcí.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Denní zamyšlení</span></dt><dd><p>Mnoho lidí oceňuje tyto denní porce Božího slova. Mezi dostupná díla patří +"Denní světlo na cestu" a "Losungen".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikony/slovníky</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné lexikony zahrnují: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon a International Standard Bible +Encyclopedia. Dostupné slovníky zahrnují: Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, +Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of +the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivace</h3></div></div></div><p>Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s Ním. Chceme, aby byl tento výkonný a kvalitní program stále jednoduchý a intuitivní. Přejeme si chválit Boha, neboť on je zdroj všeho dobrého.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Každý dobrý dar a každé dokonalé obdarování je shůry, sestupuje od Otce -nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakubův 1:17</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příručka BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakubův 1:17</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příručka BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index cd67e71..e6e7c0f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Správa knih</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Správa knih</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your -Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Nastavení cesty ke knihám</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard -drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard -disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD -as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalace/aktualizace děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna", +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Správa knih</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Správa knih</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> je nástroj pro správu +knihovny. Můžete do vaší knihovny nainstalovat nová díla, nebo aktualizovat +či odstranit ty existující. Přístupná pod <span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Nastavení cesty ke knihám</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít +mnoho adresářů. Výchozí je "~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna díla instalovat na disk, ale +používat je přímo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jedno z umístění +knihovny. Když zapnete <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, zobrazí se všechna díla, pokud je CD +vloženo v mechanice.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalace/aktualizace děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna", "library") a nahrát jedno nebo více děl do své lokální knihovny. Tyto -knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (např. Crosswire's -online repository of Sword modules nebo jiné stránky nabízející moduly -Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocí <span class="guibutton">Přidat +knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené +(např. Crosswireonline repositář modulů Sword nebo jiné stránky nabízející +moduly Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocí <span class="guibutton">Přidat knihovnu</span> a <span class="guibutton">Smazat knihovnu</span>.</p><p>Pro zahájení procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke které se chcete připojit a umístění lokální knihovny pro instalaci děl. Potom klikněte na tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Spojit s knihovnou</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> @@ -18,10 +17,10 @@ knihovny přidat, nebo děl, které jsou již nainstalované, ale jsou novější verzi, a tak mohou být aktualizovány. Poté můžete označit všechna díla, která chcete nainstalovat nebo aktualizovat a kliknout na <span class="guibutton">Instalovat díla</span>. Ty budou poté nahrány do vaší -knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Odebrání děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní +knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Odebrání děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní místo na disku. Jednoduše označte položky a klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Odstranit -díla</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Vyhledávací indexy</h3></div></div></div><p>Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné +díla</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Vyhledávací indexy</h3></div></div></div><p>Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné indexy smazaných děl.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vyhledávání v dílech </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Export a tisk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vyhledávání v dílech </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Export a tisk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 690a60c..22b9273 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Export a tisk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Export a tisk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Export a tisk</h2></div></div></div><p>Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Export a tisk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Export a tisk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Export a tisk</h2></div></div></div><p>Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši. V závislosti na kontextu je možné <span class="guimenuitem">Vybrat</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Kopírovat</span> (do schránky), @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ při kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden či více odkazů veršů přímočaré, prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p><p>Tisk z <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spíše základní a je zamýšlen jako pomůcka. Pokud vytváříte dokument nebo prezentaci obsahující text děl z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, doporučujeme formátovat dokument za použití systémových nástrojů pro tvorbu -prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Správa knih </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Správa knih </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 51f505a..fb0ef30 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Části okna aplikace BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knihovna</h3></div></div></div><p>Knihona obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Části okna aplikace BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knihovna</h3></div></div></div><p>Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a jazyků. Obsahuje také kategorii "Záložky" To je místo, kam můžete uložit své -záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým tlačítkem +záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.</p><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým tlačítkem myši</span> na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, Knihy, Zamyšlení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení jejího obsahu. Poté klikněte na jedno z děl k jeho otevření pro čtení. Okno pro čtení díla se objeví na @@ -9,19 +9,19 @@ použít zkratku. jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levý myši</span> na odkaz verše nebo kapitoly (kurzor se změní v ruku) a přetáhněte ho do knihovny. Upusťte ho na dílo, které chcete otevřít ,a to bude otevřeno na požadovaném místě. Můžete také přetánout odkaz verše na -existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Další informace o dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Pokud kliknete <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na symbol +existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Další informace o dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Pokud kliknete <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na symbol díla, objeví se nabídka s dalšími možnostmi, které jsou relevantní pro toto dílo. <span class="guimenuitem">"O tomto díle"</span>otevře okno s mnoha zajímavými informacemi o zvoleném díle. <span class="guimenuitem">"Odemknout toto dílo"</span> otevře malý dialog pro zabezpečené dokumenty, kde můžete vložit přístupová kód k otevření díla. Pro další informace o zamčených dílech se podívejte na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> tuto -stránku</a> na webu Crosswire Bible Society.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem +stránku</a> na webu Crosswire Bible Society.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na jeho symbol a vybráním položky<span class="guimenuitem">"Hledat v díle(ch)"</span>. Stiskem klávesy Shift a kliknutím na další díla můžete vybrat více než jedno. Poté následuje stejný proces s otevřením vyhledávacího dialogu. Budete vyhledávat ve všech těchto -dokumentech. Kompletní popis obsluhy vyhledávacích funkcí naleznete <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">zde</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Práce se záložkami</h4></div></div></div><p> +dokumentech. Kompletní popis obsluhy vyhledávacích funkcí naleznete <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">zde</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Práce se záložkami</h4></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Chyť & pust dílo</p></div><p> @@ -35,31 +35,30 @@ tomu otevřete <span class="guimenu">kontextové menu</span> adresáře zá popsáno předtím a vyberte <span class="guimenuitem">"Exportovat záložky"</span>. To otevře dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete záložky importovat.</p><p>Klikněte <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na adresáře a -záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Časopis</h3></div></div></div><p>Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pasivní. Kdykoli je váš -kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (e.g., Strong's -numbers), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu -samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Plocha</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can -open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Jak <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Čtení děl">už jsme viděli</a>, +záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Časopis</h3></div></div></div><p>Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pasivní. Kdykoli je váš +kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (např. Strongova +čísla), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu +samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Plocha</h3></div></div></div><p>Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skutečná práce s <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Zde můžete +otvírat díla z knihovny, číst je, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">hledat</a> v nich a rovnou ukládat vaše poznámky +v modulu osobních komentářů (podívejte se <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů">dolů</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Jak <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Čtení děl">už jsme viděli</a>, můžete jednoduše otevírat díla pro čtení kliknutím na jejich symbol v knihovně. Okno díla se otevře na ploše. Každé okno díla má nástrojovou lištu. Zde najdete nástroje k navigaci propojené s dílem, například tlačítka -historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Umístění aktivního okna</h4></div></div></div><p>Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik +historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Umístění aktivního okna</h4></div></div></div><p>Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik možností jak umístit okna na ploše. Prosím podívejte se na položku -<span class="guimenu">Okno</span> v hlavním menu. Tam uviděíte, že umístění oken -můžete ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. To -můžete cílit volbou jednoho z automatických můdů umístění, které jsou -přístupné přes <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód +<span class="guimenu">Okno</span> v hlavním menu. Tam uvidíte, že umístění oken můžete +ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Toho +docílíte volbou jednoho z automatických módů umístění, které jsou přístupné +přes <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód rozvržení</span>. Prostě to vyzkoušejte, je to snadné a -funguje to.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů</h4></div></div></div><p>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat +funguje to.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů</h4></div></div></div><p>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat dílo z knihovny <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible -Society</a>, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary".</p><p>Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">levým</span> +Society</a>, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("Osobní komentář").</p><p>Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">levým</span> tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se pro čtení. V tomto módu není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si přejete do něj zapsat poznámku, musíte ho otevřít pomocí <span class="mousebutton">pravého</span> tlačítka myši a zvolit <span class="guimenu">Editovat toto dílo</span> a potom také <span class="guimenuitem">Prostý text</span> (editor zdrojového kódu) nebo -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is -deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho -text.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Operace programu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vyhledávání v dílech</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud je položka <span class="guimenu">Upravit toto dílo</span> deaktivována, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu +do souborů osobních komentářů.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho +text.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Operace programu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vyhledávání v dílech</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 784a95a..5ffe0ab 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vyhledávání v dílech</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vyhledávání v dílech</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</h3></div></div></div><p>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vyhledávání v dílech</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vyhledávání v dílech</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</h3></div></div></div><p>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně (např. kapitolu bible, kterou čtete), je to stejné jako v jiných programech. tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím -<span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši a vyráním -<span class="guimenuitem">Najít...</span>, nebo použitím horké klávesy <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Přečtěte si jak hledat -v celých dílech.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><p>V díle můžete hledat kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem +<span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši a vybráním +<span class="guimenuitem">Najít...</span>, nebo použitím horké klávesy <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Přečtěte si jak hledat +v celých dílech.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><p>V díle můžete hledat kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši na symbol v <span class="guimenu">knihovně</span> a vybráním <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat ve vybraných dílech</span>. Přidržením Shift nebo Ctrl a kliknutím na jména dalších děl můžete vybrat více než jedno dílo. Poté následuje stejný postup otevření dialogu hledání. Budete hledat ve všech těchto dílech najednou.</p><p>Vyhledávací dialog spustíte kliknutím na <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> z hlavního menu a vybráním odpovídající položky.</p><p>Třetí možnost jak spustit vyhledávání je kliknutím na symbol hledání v -aktuálním okně.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Nastavení vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Výběr děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Vybrat (nebo +aktuálním okně.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Nastavení vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Výběr děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Vybrat (nebo Choose)</span> (díla). Pokud chcete vyhledávat ve více dílech, klikněte na toto tlačítko, poté vám bude nabídnuto menu s možností výběru děl ve -kterých chcete vyhledávat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Použití oblastí vyhledávání</h4></div></div></div><p>Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z -definovaných oblastí v seznamv <span class="guimenu">Rozsah hledání</span> Můžete +kterých chcete vyhledávat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Použití oblastí vyhledávání</h4></div></div></div><p>Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z +definovaných oblastí v seznamu <span class="guimenu">Rozsah hledání</span> Můžete definovat vlastní vyhledávací rozsahy kliknutím na tlačítko -<span class="guibutton">Nastavit rozsah</span>.></p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe</h4></div></div></div><p>Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání +<span class="guibutton">Nastavit rozsah</span>.></p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe</h4></div></div></div><p>Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání vrátí výsledky, které odpovídají libovolnému z vyhledávaných výrazů (logická spojka NEBO). pro vyhledání všech výrazů oddělte jednotlivá slova spojkou AND.</p><p>Můžete využít znaky: '*' odpovídající libovolné posloupnosti znaků, '?' @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ hledané výrazy, např. '(Ježíš OR duch) AND Bůh' --výsledky h obsahovat nejméně jedno ze slov v závorce, Ježíš nebo duch, a slovo Bůh.</p><p>Pro vyhledávání jiného než hlavního textu vložte určitou předponu následovanou'dvojtečkou ':' a hledaným výrazem. Například pro vyhledávání Strongova čísla H8077 použijte 'strong:H8077'</p><p>Dostupné předpony: - </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Předpona</th><th>Význam</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>hledá nadpisy</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>hledá poznámky</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>hledání Strongových čísel</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>hledá morfologické kódy</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 3.1. Typy vyhledávání</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Typy vyhledávání" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Předpona</th><th>Význam</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>hledá hlavičky</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>hledá poznámky</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>hledání Strongových čísel</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>hledá morfologické kódy</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho pokročilých vlastností. Více si o něm můžete přečíst zde: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Výsledky hledání</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Výsledky hledání</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle děl. Kliknutí na dílo <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši vám umožní kopírovat, uložit, nebo tisknout všechny verše které byli v daném díle nalezeny. To při kliknutí na jeden nebo více odkazů. Kliknutí na určitý odkaz otevře verš v jeho kontextu v okně náhledu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na symbol díla v knihovně k otevření díla na tomto verši v novém okně.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na otevřené okno, které se přesune na -požadovanou pozici.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analýza výsledků hledání</h4></div></div></div><p>Klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Analýza vahledávání</span> pro zobrazení analýzy +požadovanou pozici.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analýza výsledků hledání</h4></div></div></div><p>Klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Analýza vahledávání</span> pro zobrazení analýzy vyhledávání. Zobrazí jednoduchou grafickou analýzu množství nalezených -řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Části okna aplikace BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Správa knih</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Části okna aplikace BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Správa knih</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html index e6226a7..d6d0b3a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Operace programu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Operace programu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Náhled programu</h2></div></div></div><p>Takto vypadá typická relace <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Náhled programu</h2></div></div></div><p>Takto vypadá typická relace <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="Okno aplikace BibleTime"></div><p> Můžete si jednoduše prohlédnout různé části aplikace. Knihovna na levé straně se používá pro otevírání děl a správu vašich záložek. Malé okno čaopisu pod knihovnou se používá pro zobrazení dalších informací vložených do dokumentů. Když přemístíte myš například nad značku poznámky, časopis zobrazí aktuální obsah poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup -k důležitým funkcím, na ploše vpravo skutečně pracujete.</p><p>Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Spouštěcí sekvence. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Části okna aplikace BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +k důležitým funkcím, na ploše vpravo skutečně pracujete.</p><p>Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Spouštěcí sekvence. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Části okna aplikace BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index afc8538..5fbdfff 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,67 +1,81 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Seznam horkých kláves</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Seznam horkých kláves</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Seznam horkých kláves</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Odkazy Hlavního menu">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Klávesová zkratka</th><th>Popis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Seznam horkých kláves</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Seznam horkých kláves</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Seznam horkých kláves</h2></div></div></div><p>Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v +příručce. Horké klávesy jsou setříděny (přibližně) abecedně. Pokud chcete +přesně vědět která z horkých kláves odpovídá té které položce menu, můžete +se podívat přímo do nabídek <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (vždy se zde zobrazují horké +klávesy), nebo si prohlédněte <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Odkazy Hlavního menu">tuto +sekci</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Klávesová zkratka</th><th>Popis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span> </td><td>Posune zpět v historii aktivního okna.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span> </td><td>Posune vpřed v historii aktivního okna.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat ve výchozí -bibli</span> </a>otevře vyhledávací dialog pro -vyhledávání ve výchozí bibli.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat ve výchozí bibli</span> </a>otevře vyhledávací dialog pro vyhledávání ve výchozí +bibli.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód + <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automaticky dlaždice -vertikálně</span> zapne automatické skládání oken.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> +vertikálně</span> zapnout automatické skládání oken. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automaticky dlaždice horizontálně</span> zapne automatické skládání oken.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automaticky kaskádovat</span> zapne automatické skládání oken do kaskády.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ruční mód</span> zapne manuální skládání oken.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Uložit jako novou relaci</span> </a>uloží aktuální náhled jako novou relaci.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Uložit jako novou relaci</span> </a> uloží aktuální náhled jako novou relaci.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zavřít vše</span> -</a>zavře všechna otevřená okna.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> +</a> zavře všechna otevřená okna.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span> </td><td>Oddálit. Zmenší velikost písma v aktivním okně.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span> </td><td>Přiblížit. Zvětší velikost písma v aktivním okně.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span> </td><td>Vybrat vše. Vybere všechen text v aktivním okně.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span> </td><td>Kopírovat. Zkopíruje vybraný text do schránky.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span> </td><td>Hledat. Vyhledává v textu aktivního okna</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dlaždice vertikálně</span> </a>. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dlaždice horizontálně</span> </a>. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kaskáda</span> +</a> obdoba oken. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat v otevřených dílech</span> </a> otevře dialog pro vyhledávání ve všech otevřených dílech.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">Soubor</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ukončit</span> -</a>ukončí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> +</a> ukončí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span> </td><td>Zavře aktuální okno.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Nápověda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Příručka</span>otevře příručku.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Nápověda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Příručka</span> otevře příručku.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Nápověda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Návod, jak studovat @@ -76,4 +90,4 @@ knih</span> </a>otevře správce knih.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit knihovnu</span> </a>zapne zobrazení knihovny.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit časopis</span> </a>zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit časopis</span> </a>zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 5. Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html index 59d89a2..1c1918c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Odkazy</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> File </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> View @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Odkazy Hlavního menu</h2></div></div></div><p>V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Odkazy Hlavního menu</h2></div></div></div><p>V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Jsou roztříděné stejně, jak se objevují v <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, včetně podřízených položek zaznamenaných pod hlavní položkou menu ke které náleží. Horké klávesy můžete vidět u každé položky; kompletní seznam všech horkých kláves naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves">této -sekci</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +sekci</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Zavře BibleTime.</span> BibleTime se vás zeptá, jestli si přejete -zapsat neuložené změny na disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="action">Zavře <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> se vás zeptá, jestli si +přejete zapsat neuložené změny na disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to -maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Přepíná zobrazení přes celou obrazovku.</span> Aktivujte tuto +možnost pokud chcete maximalizovat okno <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Přepíná zobrazení nástrojů.</span> Aktivujte tuto možnost pokud si @@ -44,53 +44,63 @@ potřebujete více času pro časopis.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-refe <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Zapne zobrazení časopisu.</span> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí -nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání pouze pro vyhledávání ve výchozí Bibli</span>. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání ve všech dílech</span>. Do -vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Ukládá aktuální sezení.</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete zvolit již uložené sezení, které bude přepsáno vaším aktuálním. Podívejte se na další položku jak uložit nové sezení.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Ukládá aktuální sezení pod novým jménem</span>. Zeptá se na jméno pro uložení sezení.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Načte existující sezení</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete vybrat existující sezení a načíst ho.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Vymaže existující sezení</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete vybrat existující sezení, které má být vymazáno.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Ovládá chování jednoduchého rozvržení oken</span>. V otevřeném kontextovém menu můžete zvolit, že se chcete o rozvržení oken starat osobně (Ruční mód) nebo použít připravené možnosti <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (Automatické módy, -tak je vyzkoušejte!)</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +tak je vyzkoušejte!)</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Všechna otevřená okna do kaskády</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automaticky dláždí všechna otevřená okna vertikálně</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automaticky dláždí všechna otevřená okna horizontálně.</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Zavře všechna otevřená okna</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Zavře všechna otevřená okna</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -98,31 +108,29 @@ tak je vyzkoušejte!)</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Otevře hlavní konfigurační dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Můžete nastavit všechny vlastnosti <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, které potřebujete. Prosím navštivte -<a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime">tuto sekci</a> pro více informací.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> +<a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog Nastavení BibleTime">tuto sekci</a> pro více informací.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spraovat svou -knihovnu</span>. Další inormace naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">této sekci</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="action">Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spravovat +svou knihovnu</span>. Další inormace naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">této sekci</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Otevře příručku <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>, kterou právě čtete.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of -the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the -scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen -as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We -expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If -you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in -your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Otevře průvodce jak studovat Bibli</span>. Přáním týmu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +je, aby toto HowTo podnítilo čtenáře ke studiu posvátných textů, k tomu +dozvědět se co říkají. Tato příručka byla zvolena proto, že neobhajuje +doktrínu žádné konkrétní denominace. Očekáváme, že budete číst a studovat +Písma, abyste jim rozuměli. Když začnete s postojem, že chcete mít semeno +Páně v srdci, On vás nezklame.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> -contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project -contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Seznam horkých kláves</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="action">Otevře okno s informacemi o projektu <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> obsahuje +informace o verzi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, přispěvatelích projektu, verzi <span class="application">Sword</span>, verzi +<span class="application">Qt</span> a licenční ujednání.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Seznam horkých kláves</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 4473a54..1f8911a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Spouštěcí sekvence.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Spouštěcí sekvence.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Spouštěcí sekvence.</h2></div></div></div><p>Když se <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, nez +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Spouštěcí sekvence.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Spouštěcí sekvence.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Spouštěcí sekvence.</h2></div></div></div><p>Když se <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, než se otevře hlavní okno <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Upravit vaši knihovnu.</span> Tento dialog vám umožní upravovat -vaši knihovnu, přidávat nebo mazat díla ve vašem systému.This dialog lets -you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. Bude -zobrazen pouze v případě, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím -podívejte se do <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"> této sekce</a> -pokud chcete znát více detailů. Pokud začínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude -užitečné nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, -abyste se rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> +vaši knihovnu, přidávat nebo mazat díla ve vašem systému. Bude zobrazen +pouze v případě, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím podívejte se do +<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">této sekce</a>, pokud se chcete +dozvědět více. Pokud začínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude užitečné +nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, abyste se +rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Přizpůsobí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>Tento dialog vám dovolí přizpůsobit -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime">detailní popis</a> tohoto dialogu.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Operace programu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog Nastavení BibleTime">detailní popis</a> tohoto dialogu.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Operace programu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html index 8585185..55ae084 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Úvod"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovního +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovního prostředí. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> můžete spustit z menu Start touto ikonou: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime spouštěcí ikona"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být spuštěn také z příkazové řádky. Pro spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span> otevřete okno terminálu a napište: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Další správci oken</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Nastavení spuštění</h3></div></div></div><p>Z terminálu můžete použít <span class="application">BibleTime</span> k otevření příslušného verše ve + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Další správci oken</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být používán také s dalšími okenními správci jako Gnome, +BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox nebo Sawfish, pokud jsou požadované knihovny +nainstalovány na vašem počítači.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Nastavení spuštění</h3></div></div></div><p>Z terminálu můžete použít <span class="application">BibleTime</span> k otevření příslušného verše ve výchozí bibli: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible</pre><p>Pro otevření v dané pasáži, jako například Jan 3:16, použijte: - </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"</pre><p>Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Úvod </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Spouštěcí sekvence.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"</pre><p>Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Úvod </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Spouštěcí sekvence.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html index 110d10f..4f1c65c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 Tým <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je součástí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Úvod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastavení BibleTime </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 tým <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je součástí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Úvod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastavení BibleTime </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Písma Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Úvod</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Typy vyhledávání</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Písma Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Úvod</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index d8293c8..48c7ce2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ <para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> - <title>BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</title> + <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title> <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 689786c..4283ba3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo -action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how +action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.</para> </sect2> @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> </tbody> </tgroup> </table></para> - <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has + <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index d9fb92f..f0c040f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ section</link>.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ section</link>.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>BibleTime schlieĂźen.</action> BibleTime wird Sie fragen, ob Sie -ungesicherte Ă„nderungen abspeichern möchten.</para> + <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to +write unsaved changes to disk.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -170,23 +170,21 @@ works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> <title> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> </title> + <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a @@ -195,91 +193,152 @@ overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a new session.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask for a new name to save the session to.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> <term> <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it +for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <!--- TODO add submen items here --> +<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + <action>Cascades all open windows</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <term> <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <term> <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" - format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it -for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> + <action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -290,6 +349,7 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Closes all open windows</action>.</para> @@ -297,6 +357,7 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <title> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> @@ -448,149 +509,195 @@ can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</par <tbody> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Moves back in the history of read windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo> </entry> + <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + </entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> +</link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</entry> </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> windows equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all currently opened works.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> +</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Closes the current window.</entry> </row> @@ -602,7 +709,7 @@ currently opened works.</entry> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -612,7 +719,7 @@ currently opened works.</entry> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy -Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> +Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -623,7 +730,7 @@ Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf -Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -635,7 +742,7 @@ Manager.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -646,7 +753,7 @@ Manager.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> +</link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html index ff2a6a2..fdb4f65 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -7,16 +7,16 @@ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> HotKeys </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be -found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Das Startverhalten kann angepasst werden. Wählen Sie aus den folgenden Optionen aus: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Startlogo anzeigen</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Hier können Sie angeben, welche Sprache für die Buchnamen der Bibel verwendet werden soll. Stellen Sie (falls verfügbar) ihre Muttersprache ein, @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop d the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Schriftarten installieren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Schriftarten installieren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Schriftarten beziehen</h4></div></div></div><p>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Schriftarten beziehen</h4></div></div></div><p>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream erhältlich sind.</p></li><li><p>Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different -fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode Schriftarten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode Schriftarten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Vielleicht die beste Unicode-Schriftart, sie deckt einen großen @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Hebräisch, Thai.</td></tr><tr><td> </td><td>Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also @@ -72,11 +72,11 @@ have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Tastenkürzel sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle der Menüeinträge oder Symbole verwendet werden können. Eine Anzahl von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>s Befehlen hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">dieser Abschnitt</a> enthält eine komplette Auflistung. Den meisten Befehlen von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann hier ein Tastenkürzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr hilfreich, um die oftbenutzten -Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortieren und Drucken </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Referenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortieren und Drucken </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 5. Referenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html index b4b639a..8aa66a0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Einleitung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Einleitung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Einleitung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Einleitung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers -section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Vorhandene Werke</h3></div></div></div><p>Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</a> +section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Vorhandene Werke</h3></div></div></div><p>Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</a> verfügbar. Dazu gehören: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibeln</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen".</p></dd>< Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, -ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The BibleTime handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The BibleTime handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index fb9d940..c110d14 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Der Bücherregal Verwalter</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Der Bücherregal Verwalter</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you want to install or update, and click on <span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be transferred to your -Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Werk(e) entfernen</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your +Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Werk(e) entfernen</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on -<span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> +<span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">In Werken suchen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortieren und Drucken</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">In Werken suchen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortieren und Drucken</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html index d95e151..7995aef 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortieren und Drucken</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortieren und Drucken</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exortieren und Drucken</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortieren und Drucken</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortieren und Drucken</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exortieren und Drucken</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Printing from <span class="applicatio you are composing a document or presentation containing text from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing -from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Der Bücherregal Verwalter </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Der Bücherregal Verwalter </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 5776622..72f318b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Das Bücherregal</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Das Bücherregal</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache sortiert. Es enthält auch einen Abschnitt namens "Lesezeichen". Hier können -sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte +sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte Dokumentengruppe (Bibeln, Kommentare, Lexika, Bücher, Andachten oder Wörterbücher) um den Inhalt der Dokumentengruppe anzuzeigen. Um ein Dokument -zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Weitere Informationen über Werke</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Weitere Informationen über Werke</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this -page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten</h4></div></div></div><p> +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p> Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new @@ -36,25 +36,25 @@ them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookm folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Die Lupe</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist rein +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Die Lupe</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist rein passiv. Wann immer der Mauspfeil über Text positioniert ist, welcher zusätzliche Informationen (z.B. Strongnummern) enthält, dann werden eben diese in der Lupe dargestellt, nicht jedoch der Text selbst. Probieren sie -es einfach aus.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Die Arbeitsfläche</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +es einfach aus.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Die Arbeitsfläche</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Werke lesen">already seen</a>, +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Werke lesen">already seen</a>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you -know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. This work is called "Personal commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse -will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> In Werken suchen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> In Werken suchen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html index e09c318..3330c02 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>In Werken suchen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">In Werken suchen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>In Werken suchen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">In Werken suchen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting -<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other @@ -11,29 +11,29 @@ work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.</p><p>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an -open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types: - </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the -work at that verse in a new read window.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to -that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the +work at that verse in a new read window.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to +that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Der Bücherregal Verwalter</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Der Bücherregal Verwalter</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html index a4e51e2..9852ab2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programmüberblick</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programmüberblick</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln -betrachten.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Startup sequence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +betrachten.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Startup sequence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 5b18e6e..8bd717d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,76 +1,92 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HotKeys index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HotKeys index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>HotKeys index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HotKeys index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HotKeys index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>HotKeys index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hotkey</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span> </td><td>Moves back in the history of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span> </td><td>Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span> +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span> +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> -</a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> +</a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span> </td><td>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span> </td><td>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span> </td><td>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span> </td><td>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span> </td><td>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> </a> equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> </a> equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> +</a> windows equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> -</a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> +</a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span> </td><td>Closes the current window.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy -Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> +Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf -Manager</span> </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager</span> </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> -</a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Referenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 5. Referenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html index abb5b1a..e3bd43a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Referenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Referenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Referenz</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 5. Referenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitel 5. Referenz</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> File </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> View @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be found in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">this -section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">BibleTime schließen.</span> BibleTime wird Sie fragen, ob Sie -ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to +write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -44,54 +44,64 @@ more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</span> Toggle this -setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it -for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Cascades all open windows</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -99,13 +109,13 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-refer </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your -needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog">this section</a> for +needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">this section</a> for details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -127,4 +137,4 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index fad2822..67f834c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Startup sequence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Startup sequence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Startup sequence</h2></div></div></div><p>As <span class="application">BibleTime</span> launches you may see the following screens before the main +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Startup sequence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Startup sequence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Startup sequence</h2></div></div></div><p>As <span class="application">BibleTime</span> launches you may see the following screens before the main <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window opens:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> @@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog">the -detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTime starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the +detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html index 8fdb778..9118571 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Einleitung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Other window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Other window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Einleitung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Startup sequence</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Einleitung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Startup sequence</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html index 7f0cee3..1db13f5 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The BibleTime handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The BibleTime handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Schriftarten</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Einleitung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Schriftarten</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Einleitung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index e784e25..c30f0ac 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ which can be found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> - <title>Configure BibleTime Dialog</title> + <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title> <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 40275ae..8e449bd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ either by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.</para> </sect2> @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ </tbody> </tgroup> </table></para> - <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your + <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 7937dce..028bd49 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you + <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -175,23 +175,21 @@ </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> <title> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> </title> + <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This @@ -201,22 +199,19 @@ session.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Saves the current session under a new @@ -224,18 +219,15 @@ session to.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open @@ -243,18 +235,15 @@ load.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will @@ -262,35 +251,105 @@ session that should be deleted.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" - format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; - handle it for you (Automatical modes, just try them + handle it for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> +<!--- TODO add submen items here --> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Cascades all open windows</action>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Automatically tiles all open windows + horizontally</action>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -301,6 +360,7 @@ <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Closes all open windows</action>.</para> @@ -308,6 +368,7 @@ </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <title> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> @@ -468,23 +529,23 @@ <tbody> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Moves back in the history of read windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Moves forward in the history of read windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> @@ -492,65 +553,68 @@ <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> - </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the + </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo> </entry> + <entry> - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> - <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window - tiling.</entry> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + </entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window + </menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window + </menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window + </menuchoice> equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> @@ -558,13 +622,13 @@ <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> - </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new + </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> @@ -572,52 +636,102 @@ <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> - </link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> + </link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</entry> </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link> equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link> equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </link> windows equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> @@ -625,13 +739,14 @@ <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> - </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all + </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all currently opened works.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> @@ -639,12 +754,12 @@ <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> - </link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> + </link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Closes the current window.</entry> </row> @@ -658,7 +773,7 @@ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> + </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -670,7 +785,7 @@ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy + </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -686,7 +801,7 @@ <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> - </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</entry> + </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -700,7 +815,7 @@ <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> - </link>equivalent; toggles display of the + </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -715,7 +830,7 @@ <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> - </link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying + </link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> </row> </tbody> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html index 77c690e..e4552ff 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ HotKeys </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be found under - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure BibleTime Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 8eb5d84..a5c8dbd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ either by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how you can + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accessing the search dialog</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types: - </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index e97abc7..9636237 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -5,94 +5,112 @@ <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hotkey</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span> </td><td>Moves back in the history of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span> </td><td>Moves forward in the history of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> - </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the + </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window - tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span> equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> - </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new + </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> - </a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> + </a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span> </td><td>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span> </td><td>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span> </td><td>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span> </td><td>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span> </td><td>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> + </a> equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> + </a> equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> + </a> windows equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> - </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all + </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> - </a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + </a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span> </td><td>Closes the current window.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> - </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> + </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> - </a>equivalent; toggles display of the + </a> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> - </a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying + </a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html index 26ac76f..25de9fc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Closes BibleTime.</span> BibleTime will ask you + <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> @@ -51,56 +51,67 @@ <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> - handle it for you (Automatical modes, just try them - out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + handle it for you (Automatic modes, just try them + out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Cascades all open windows</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows + horizontally</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_cascade_auto.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_cascade_auto.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4171ffc..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_cascade_auto.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_configuretoolbars.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_configuretoolbars.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 653479b..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_configuretoolbars.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_fullscreen.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_fullscreen.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5c9864f..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_fullscreen.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sidetree.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sidetree.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2970a1c..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sidetree.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3cab67e..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile_horiz.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile_horiz.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..66a7093 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile_horiz.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile_vert.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile_vert.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bb13b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_tile_vert.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html index 69bda1f..642d7b7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The BibleTime handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook is part of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Starting BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Starting BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Program operation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the BibleTime application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The - Bookshelf Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + Bookshelf Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 86932de..9e7cdea 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon <guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu> -kohdasta.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> - <title>Aseta &bibletime; -ikkuna</title> + <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title> <para>&bibletime; käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla <menuchoice><guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu></menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Aseta diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 6066e82..1abd686 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo -action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how +action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.</para> </sect2> @@ -264,8 +264,8 @@ number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> </tbody> </tgroup> </table></para> - <para>BibleTime käyttää Lucene-hakukonetta hakuihisi. Siinä on monta -edistyksellistä ominaisuutta ja voit lukea niistä lisää osoitteessa: <ulink + <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> </sect3> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 7fba391..fde9e2a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ section</link>.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ section</link>.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Sulkee BibleTime-ohjelman.</action> BibleTime kysyy sinulta, -haluatko tallettaa tallentamattomat muutokset levylle.</para> + <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to +write unsaved changes to disk.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ piilotetuksi.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -171,23 +171,21 @@ teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</para> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> <title> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> </title> + <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Tallettaa suoraan nykyisen istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa @@ -196,91 +194,152 @@ talletettavaksi. Se korvaataan nykyisellä istunnollasi. Katso seuraavasta, miten istunnon voi tallettaa uudeksi istunnoksi.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Tallettaa nykyisen istunnon uudella nimellä</action>. Tämä kysyy uutta nimeä istunnon talletukselle.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> <term> <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, +josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Poistaa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa +kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it +for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <!--- TODO add submen items here --> +<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, -josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi.</para> + <action>Cascades all open windows</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <term> <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Poistaa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa -kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi.</para> + <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <term> <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" - format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it -for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> + <action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -291,6 +350,7 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>.</para> @@ -298,6 +358,7 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <title> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> @@ -449,151 +510,195 @@ can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</par <tbody> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepäin.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa eteenpäin</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo> </entry> + <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + </entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Sijoittelutila</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Sarjoita -automaattisesti</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> automaattinen ikkunoiden -sarjoitus pois/päälle.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Sijoittelutila</guimenuitem> -<guimenuitem>Manuaalinen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> aseta ikkunoita -manuaalisesti.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tallenna uutena -istuntona</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> tallentaa nykyisen asetelman -uudeksi istunnoksi.</entry> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sulje kaikki</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat.</entry> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Loitonna. Tämä pienentää kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Lähennä. Tämä suurentaa kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Valitse kaikki. Tämä valitsee kaikki tekstit lukuikkunassa.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Kopioi. Tämä kopioi valitun tekstin leikepöydälle.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Haku. Tämä etsii lukuikkunan tekstistä.</entry> </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> windows equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Etsi</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Etsi avoimista teoksista</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin.</entry> +<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Tiedosto</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lopeta</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link> sulkee &bibletime;-sovelluksen.</entry> +<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan.</entry> </row> @@ -604,8 +709,8 @@ uudeksi istunnoksi.</entry> </keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ohje</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Käsikirja</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> avaa käsikirjan.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -614,8 +719,8 @@ uudeksi istunnoksi.</entry> </keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ohje</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Raamatun tutkimisen -Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> avaa Raamatun tutkimisen Howto-ikkunan.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy +Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -625,9 +730,9 @@ Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> avaa Raamatun tutkimisen Howto-ikkunan.</entry </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> -<menuchoice> <guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kirjahyllyn -hallinta</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> avaa kirjahyllyn -hallintapaneelin.</entry> +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf +Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -637,8 +742,8 @@ hallintapaneelin.</entry> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Näytä</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Näytä kirjahylly</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link> näyttää/piilottaa kirjahyllyn.</entry> +<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -648,8 +753,8 @@ hallintapaneelin.</entry> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Näytä</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Näytä suurennuslasi</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link> näyttää/piilottaa suurennuslasin.</entry> +<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html index 2f7adb3..f3812c6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ HotKeys </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Tässä osiossa on yleiskuvaus, kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetuksia asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon <span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> --kohdasta.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Aseta <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -ikkuna</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi +-kohdasta.</p><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla <span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Aseta -<span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Käynnistyskäyttäytymistä voidaan säätää. Valitse seuraavista valinnoista: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Näytä aloituskuva</p></li></ul></div><p>Näyttömallit määrittelevät tekstin renderöinnin (värit, koko jne.). Saatavana on erilaisia sisäänrakennettuja mallipohjia. Jos valitset -yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Tässä voit määritellä, mitä kieltä käytetään kirjojen nimissä. Aseta tämä äidinkieleksesi, jos se on saatavilla. Silloin tunnet olosi kotoisaksi.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can @@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop d the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Kirjasimien asennus</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Kirjasimien asennus</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> on +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> on nopeampi kuin suurilla kirjasimilla kuten <span class="trademark"> -Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (noin 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Kirjasimien hankinta</h4></div></div></div><p>Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</p></li><li><p>Olemassaoleva <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® +Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (noin 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Kirjasimien hankinta</h4></div></div></div><p>Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</p></li><li><p>Olemassaoleva <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® asennus samalla tietokoneella.</p></li><li><p>Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.</p></li><li><p>Online kirjasinkokoelmat.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode-kirjasimet tarjoavat enemmän merkkejä kuin muut kirjasimet, ja osa niistä kirjasimista on saatavilla ilmaiseksi. Mikään saatavillaoleva kirjasin ei sisällä kaikkia Unicode-standardin määrittelemiä merkkejä. Sinun -tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode-kirjasimet" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode-kirjasimet" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Ehkä paras ilmainen Unicode-kirjasin, käsittää laajan joukon merkkejä.</td></tr><tr><td> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ heprean ja Thai-kielen.</td></tr><tr><td> </td><td>Osittainen peittävyys, katso tietoja linkitetyltä sivulta.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Netissä on hyviä Unicode-kirjasinluetteloja, kuten Christoph Singerin ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), tai Alan Woodin (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also @@ -69,11 +69,11 @@ have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands have predefined HotKeys (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo">this section</a> for a complete listing). Most of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands can be assigned HotKeys here. This is very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the -most.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vienti ja tulostus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Viittaus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +most.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vienti ja tulostus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 5. Viittaus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html index 5dd742d..e1108f3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Johdanto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Johdanto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Johdanto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Johdanto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Johdanto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Luku 1. Johdanto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> on suunniteltu käyttämään Sword-projektin mallien mukaisia teoksia. Tuettujen asiakirjamuotojen täydelliset tiedot löytyvät osoitteesta Crosswire Bible Societyn Sword-projektin <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top">kehittäjien -osio</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Saatavana olevat tehtävät</h3></div></div></div><p>Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Societyn</a> +osio</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Saatavana olevat tehtävät</h3></div></div></div><p>Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Societyn</a> sivuilta. Nämä sisältävät: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Raamattuja</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ sisältävät Daily Light Daily Pathilla, ja Losungenin.</p></dd><dt><span class="t Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivaatiota</h3></div></div></div><p>Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivaatiota</h3></div></div></div><p>Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita Jumalasuhteen kasvussa. Yritämme päästä siihen tehokkaalla, laadukkaalla ohjelmalla, ja vielä tehdä siitä yksinkertainen ja opastava käytössä. Meidän halumme on, että Jumalaa ylistettäisiin, sillä hän on kaikkien hyvien asioiden lähde.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jokainen hyvä anti ja jokainen täydellinen lahja tulee ylhäältä, taivaan -tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jaak 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime-käsikirja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jaak 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime-käsikirja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 4c7afe6..ef7a876 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you want to install or update, and click on <span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be transferred to your -Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Poista teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä +Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Poista teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä lisätäksesi vapaata levytilan määrää. Yksinkertaisesti merkitse teokset ja -napsauta <span class="guibutton">Poista teokset</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Etsii indeksejä</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten -orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> +napsauta <span class="guibutton">Poista teokset</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Etsii indeksejä</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten +orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Etsintä teoksista </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vienti ja tulostus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Etsintä teoksista </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vienti ja tulostus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html index a1a0916..551a715 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vienti ja tulostus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vienti ja tulostus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Vienti ja tulostus</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vienti ja tulostus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vienti ja tulostus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Vienti ja tulostus</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Printing from <span class="applicatio you are composing a document or presentation containing text from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing -from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirjahyllyn hallinta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirjahyllyn hallinta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 4fafc29..4f898f4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Kirjahylly</h3></div></div></div><p>Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Kirjahylly</h3></div></div></div><p>Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu kategorioittain ja kielien mukaan. Se sisältää kategorian -"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta +"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.</p><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta yksinkertaisesti<span class="mousebutton">vasenta hiiren nappia</span> halutussa kategoriassa (Raamatut, kommentaarit, sanakirjat, kirjat, hartauskirjat tai sanastot) näyttääksesi sen sisällön. Sitten napsauta yksinkertaisesti yhtä -teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Tehtävien lisätiedot</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Tehtävien lisätiedot</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this -page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Kirjanmerkkityöskentely</h4></div></div></div><p> +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Kirjanmerkkityöskentely</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p> Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new @@ -37,25 +37,25 @@ them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookm folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>Voit napsauttaa hiiren <span class="mousebutton">oikealla</span> painikkeella -kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Suurennuslasi</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is +kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Suurennuslasi</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just -try it out.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Työpöytä</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +try it out.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Työpöytä</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lukutehtäviä">already seen</a>, +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lukutehtäviä">already seen</a>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you -know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi</h4></div></div></div><p>Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi</h4></div></div></div><p>Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa tietty teos <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Societyn</a> sivuilta. Tämä teos on nimeltään "Personal commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in @@ -64,6 +64,6 @@ write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Etsintä teoksista</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Etsintä teoksista</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html index e52ab4c..12b1fe7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Etsintä teoksista</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Etsintä teoksista</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Etsintä teoksista</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Etsintä teoksista</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting -<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other @@ -11,29 +11,29 @@ work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.</p><p>Kolmas mahdollisuus aloittaa hakuja on napsauttaa hiirellä hakusymbolia -avoimessa lukuikkunassa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Etsinnän asetukset</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Tehtävien valinta</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +avoimessa lukuikkunassa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Etsinnän asetukset</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Tehtävien valinta</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Hakualueiden käyttäminen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Hakualueiden käyttäminen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Perushaun syntaksiohje</h4></div></div></div><p>Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Perushaun syntaksiohje</h4></div></div></div><p>Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa tuloksen, joka täsmää mihin tahansa sanaan (TAI). Etsiäksesi kaikkia hakusanoja, erottele hakusanat AND.</p><p>Voit käyttää jokerimerkkejä: '*' täsmää mihin tahansa merkkijonoon kun taas '?' täsmää mihin tahansa yksittäiseen merkkiin. Sulkumerkit mahdollistavat hakusanojen ryhmittelyn. Esim. '(Jeesus OR henki) AND Jumala'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Saatavana olevat tekstityypit: - </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Etuliite</th><th>Merkitys</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>otsikko:</td><td>etsii otsikoita</td></tr><tr><td>alaviite:</td><td>etsii alaviitteitä</td></tr><tr><td>vahvennos:</td><td>etsii Strongin numeroita</td></tr><tr><td>muoto:</td><td>etsii mofologisia koodeja</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime käyttää Lucene-hakukonetta hakuihisi. Siinä on monta -edistyksellistä ominaisuutta ja voit lukea niistä lisää osoitteessa: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Etsinnän tulokset</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Etuliite</th><th>Merkitys</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>otsikko:</td><td>etsii otsikoita</td></tr><tr><td>alaviite:</td><td>etsii alaviitteitä</td></tr><tr><td>vahvennos:</td><td>etsii Strongin numeroita</td></tr><tr><td>muoto:</td><td>etsii mofologisia koodeja</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Etsinnän tulokset</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen -lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen -kohdalle.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Etsintätulosten analysointi</h4></div></div></div><p>Napsauta <span class="guibutton">Hakuanalyysi</span>avataksesi +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen +lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen +kohdalle.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Etsintätulosten analysointi</h4></div></div></div><p>Napsauta <span class="guibutton">Hakuanalyysi</span>avataksesi hakuanalyysinäytön. Tämä antaa yksinkertaisen graafisen analyysin kuinka monta kertaa hakusana löytyi kustakin kustakin Raamatun kirjasta ja voit -tallettaa analyysin.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirjahyllyn hallinta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +tallettaa analyysin.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirjahyllyn hallinta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html index 3fc5c93..f62f370 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Tyypillinen <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-istunto näyttää tällaiselta: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Tyypillinen <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-istunto näyttää tällaiselta: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime-sovelluksen ikkuna"></div><p> Voit nähdä helposti sovelluksen eri osat. Vasemmalla puolella olevaa kirjahyllyä käytetään avoimille teoksille ja kirjanmerkkien @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ näyttämään teoksiin sisällytettyjä lisätietoja. Kun viet hiiren esimerkiksi alaviite-merkin ylle, suurennuslasi näyttää viitteen varsinaisen sisällön. Työkalupalkki antaa sinulle toiminnot nopeasti käytettäväksi. Työpäytä oikealla puolella on paikka, jossa teet varsinaisen -työn.</p><p>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Käynnistyssarja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +työn.</p><p>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Käynnistyssarja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 7e15c27..a57bee6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,76 +1,92 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Päävalikon käyttöopas">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pikanäppäin</th><th>Kuvaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span> </td><td>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepäin.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span> </td><td>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa eteenpäin</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sijoittelutila</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sarjoita -automaattisesti</span> automaattinen ikkunoiden -sarjoitus pois/päälle.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span> +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sijoittelutila</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manuaalinen</span> aseta ikkunoita -manuaalisesti.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span> +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tallenna uutena -istuntona</span> </a> tallentaa nykyisen asetelman -uudeksi istunnoksi.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sulje kaikki</span> </a> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> +</a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span> </td><td>Loitonna. Tämä pienentää kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span> </td><td>Lähennä. Tämä suurentaa kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span> </td><td>Valitse kaikki. Tämä valitsee kaikki tekstit lukuikkunassa.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span> </td><td>Kopioi. Tämä kopioi valitun tekstin leikepöydälle.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span> </td><td>Haku. Tämä etsii lukuikkunan tekstistä.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> </a> equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> </a> equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> +</a> windows equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Etsi</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Etsi avoimista teoksista</span> </a> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">Tiedosto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lopeta</span> -</a> sulkee <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-sovelluksen.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> +</a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span> </td><td>Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Ohje</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Käsikirja</span> avaa käsikirjan.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Ohje</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Raamatun tutkimisen -Howto</span> avaa Raamatun tutkimisen Howto-ikkunan.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy +Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> -<span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn -hallinta</span> </a> avaa kirjahyllyn -hallintapaneelin.</td></tr><tr><td> +<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf +Manager</span> </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Näytä</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Näytä kirjahylly</span> </a> näyttää/piilottaa kirjahyllyn.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Näytä</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Näytä suurennuslasi</span> </a> näyttää/piilottaa suurennuslasin.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Viittaus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> +</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 5. Viittaus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html index d2a6be4..a94375d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Viittaus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Viittaus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Viittaus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 5. Viittaus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Luku 5. Viittaus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> File </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> View @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Päävalikon käyttöopas</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Päävalikon käyttöopas</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be found in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo">this -section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Sulkee BibleTime-ohjelman.</span> BibleTime kysyy sinulta, -haluatko tallettaa tallentamattomat muutokset levylle.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to +write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -45,54 +45,64 @@ haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-v </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Vaihtaa suurennuslasin näkymisen.</span> Vaihda tätä asetusta asettaaksesi suurennuslasin vasemmassa paneelissa näkyväksi tai -piilotetuksi.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +piilotetuksi.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Avaa hakuikkunan vain oletusraamatusta hakemiseen</span>. Lisää teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Avaa hakuikkunan kaikista avoinnaolevista teoksista</span>. Lisää -teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Tallettaa suoraan nykyisen istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon talletettavaksi. Se korvaataan nykyisellä istunnollasi. Katso seuraavasta, miten istunnon voi tallettaa uudeksi istunnoksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Tallettaa nykyisen istunnon uudella nimellä</span>. Tämä kysyy uutta nimeä istunnon talletukselle.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Poistaa olemassaolevan istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it -for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Cascades all open windows</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -100,13 +110,13 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-refer </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your -needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna">this section</a> for +needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">this section</a> for details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -128,4 +138,4 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pikanäppäinten luettelo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pikanäppäinten luettelo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 1735104..e5ae099 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Käynnistyssarja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Käynnistyssarja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Käynnistyssarja</h2></div></div></div><p>Kun <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Käynnistyssarja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Käynnistyssarja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Käynnistyssarja</h2></div></div></div><p>Kun <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n pääikkuna avautuu:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> @@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ saadakseen selville <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n perusominaisuude <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Räätälöi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n.</span>Tässä ikkunassa voit tehdä -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä sellaisen kuin haluat. Katso linkistä <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna">yksityiskohtainen kuvaus</a> lisää tietoa tästä -ikkunasta.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä sellaisen kuin haluat. Katso linkistä <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">yksityiskohtainen kuvaus</a> lisää tietoa tästä +ikkunasta.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html index 2be7849..3f499a5 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Johdanto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime käynnistyskuvake"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelman voi käynnistää terminaali-ikkunan komentoriviltä. Käynnistääksesi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelman, avaa terminaali-ikkuna ja kirjoita: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Muut ikkunamanagerit</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Muut ikkunamanagerit</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Käynnistyksen säätäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Käynnistyksen säätäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n komennolla: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>Avataksesi Raamatun annetusta tekstikohdasta kuten Joh 3:16 käytä: - </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"</pre><p>Voit käyttää kirjanniminä tämänhetkistä kielivalintaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Johdanto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Käynnistyssarja</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"</pre><p>Voit käyttää kirjanniminä tämänhetkistä kielivalintaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Johdanto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Käynnistyssarja</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html index 5ef6337..e093a59 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-käsikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime-käsikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-työryhmä</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-käsikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime-käsikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-työryhmä</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode-kirjasimet</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Johdanto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode-kirjasimet</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Johdanto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index e25807f..31f296e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ <para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> - <title>Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</title> + <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title> <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 9614d60..37e9c4b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo -action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how +action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.</para> </sect2> @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> </tbody> </tgroup> </table></para> - <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has + <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 5f07db3..5b82b10 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">la liste complète des raccourcis</link>.</para <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">la liste complète des raccourcis</link>.</para </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Ferme &bibletime;</action> &bibletime; vous demandera si vous -dĂ©sirez enregistrer les modifications qui ne l'ont pas encore Ă©tĂ©.</para> + <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to +write unsaved changes to disk.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ de faire apparaĂ®tre ou disparaĂ®tre le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -171,23 +171,21 @@ works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> <title> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> </title> + <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a @@ -196,91 +194,152 @@ overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a new session.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask for a new name to save the session to.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> <term> <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it +for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <!--- TODO add submen items here --> +<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + <action>Empile les fenĂŞtres de lecture en cascade</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <term> <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <term> <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" - format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it -for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> + <action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -291,6 +350,7 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Ferme toutes les fenĂŞtres ouvertes</action>.</para> @@ -298,6 +358,7 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <title> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> @@ -449,150 +510,196 @@ can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</par <tbody> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Retourne en arrière dans l'historique de la fenĂŞtre de lecture.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Avance dans l'historique de la fenĂŞtre de lecture</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo> </entry> + <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + </entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> +</link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Diminuer la taille des polices des fenĂŞtres de lecture.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Augmenter la taille des polices des fenĂŞtres de lecture.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Tout sĂ©lectionner. SĂ©lectionner tout le texte dans les fenĂŞtres de lecture.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Copier. Copie le texte sĂ©lectionnĂ© dans le presse-papiers.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Chercher. Permet d'effectuer une recherche dans le texte d'une fenĂŞtre de lecture.</entry> </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> windows equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all currently opened works.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> +</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Ferme la fenĂŞtre courante.</entry> </row> @@ -604,7 +711,7 @@ currently opened works.</entry> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -614,7 +721,7 @@ currently opened works.</entry> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy -Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> +Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -625,7 +732,7 @@ Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf -Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -637,7 +744,7 @@ Manager.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -648,7 +755,7 @@ Manager.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> +</link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html index 87f92bb..95c4d5d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matičres</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> HotKeys </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be -found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Choisissez pour le comportement au démarrage parmi les options suivantes : </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Afficher le logo de démarrage</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez choisir ici la langue utilisée pour afficher les noms de livres. Choisissez votre langue maternelle. Si elle est disponible vous vous @@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop d the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installer des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installer des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtenir des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Des polices peuvent ętre obtenues de plusieurs sources</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtenir des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Des polices peuvent ętre obtenues de plusieurs sources</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Des collections de polices disponibles en ligne.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different -fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Polices Unicode </b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Polices Unicode " border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 4.1. Polices Unicode </b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Polices Unicode " border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Peut-ętre bien la meilleure police Unicode gratuite, couvrant un large @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ cyrilliques, grec, hébreu et thaď.</td></tr><tr><td> </td><td>Couverture partielle, voir les informations sur le site en lien.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Les Racourcis sont des commandes au clavier qui peuvent ętre utilisée ŕ la place des menus et des icônes. Plusieurs commandes <span class="application">BibleTime</span> onts des raccourcis prédéfinis (voir <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis">this section</a> pour une liste complčte). La plupart des commandes <span class="application">BibleTime</span> epuvent ętre associées ici ŕ des raccourcis. Cela permet -d'accéder rapidement aux fonctionnalités dont on a le plus besoin.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporter et imprimer </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Référence</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +d'accéder rapidement aux fonctionnalités dont on a le plus besoin.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporter et imprimer </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 5. Référence</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html index 3dc728b..2113b48 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapitre 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matičres</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers -section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Œuvres disponibles</h3></div></div></div><p>Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprčs +section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Œuvres disponibles</h3></div></div></div><p>Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprčs de la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Parmi ceux-ci: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibles</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexiques et dictionnaires</span></dt><d Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tout don de valeur et tout cadeau parfait descendent d'en haut, du Pčre des -lumičres chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jacques 1:17, TOB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le manuel de BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +lumičres chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jacques 1:17, TOB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le manuel de BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 24610cf..13f315b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothčques</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothčques</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installer/mettre ŕ jour module</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installer/mettre ŕ jour module</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ bibliothčque et vous proposera une liste d'modules que vous pouvez ajouter ŕ votre bibliothčque; ou que vous avez déjŕ installés mais dont une nouvelle version est disponible. Marquez ensuite toutes les modules ŕ installer ou ŕ mettre ŕ jour et cliquez sur <span class="guibutton">Installer modules</span>. Elles -seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothčque.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Enlever des modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothčque pour +seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothčque.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Enlever des modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothčque pour libérer de l'espace disque. Marquer les modules ŕ effacer et cliquez -sur<span class="guibutton">Enlever modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> +sur<span class="guibutton">Enlever modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rechercher dans des modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporter et imprimer</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rechercher dans des modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporter et imprimer</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 1544f0e..6aa8c79 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporter et imprimer</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporter et imprimer</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporter et imprimer</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporter et imprimer</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporter et imprimer</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporter et imprimer</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>L'imprimer ŕ partir de <span class="a rendre des services simples. Si vous rédigez un document ou une présentation contenant du texte d'modules de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, nous vous invitons ŕ utiliser un outil d'édition ou de présentation sur votre systčme pour mettre en forme -votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement ŕ partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement ŕ partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index cec5a31..66f33de 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La bibliothčque</h3></div></div></div><p>La bibliothčque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La bibliothčque</h3></div></div></div><p>La bibliothčque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par catégories et par langues. La catégorie "Signets" permet de conserver vos -signets et d'y accéder.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le <span class="mousebutton">bouton gauche de la +signets et d'y accéder.</p><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le <span class="mousebutton">bouton gauche de la souris</span> sur la catégorie souhaitée. (Bibles, Commentaires, Lexiques, Livres, Devotionals ou Glossaires) pour en afficher le contenu. Cliquez ensuite sur une module pour l'ouvrir. Une fenętre de -lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informations supplémentaires ŕ propos des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informations supplémentaires ŕ propos des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this -page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Utilisez les signets</h4></div></div></div><p> +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Utilisez les signets</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p> Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new @@ -37,25 +37,25 @@ them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookm folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Le zoom</h3></div></div></div><p>Cette petite fenętre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenętre de +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Le zoom</h3></div></div></div><p>Cette petite fenętre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenętre de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> est complčtement passive. Quand le pointeur de la souris est au-dessus d'un passage avec une information complémentaire (les uméros Strong par exemple), cette information est affichée dans le zoom, et pas -dans le texte-męme. Essayez.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Le bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +dans le texte-męme. Essayez.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Le bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p><a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lire des modules">Comme nous l'avons déjŕ +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p><a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lire des modules">Comme nous l'avons déjŕ vu</a>, vous pouvez ouvrir des modules pour les lire en cliquant simplement sur leur icône dans la bibliothčque. Une fenętre de lecture s'ouvre alors dans le bureau. Chaque fenętre de lecture a sa propre barre d'outils, avec des outils pour naviguer au sein de l'module affichée ainsi -que des boutons d'historique semblables ŕ ceux de votre navigateur web.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Le positionnement de la fenętre de lecture</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +que des boutons d'historique semblables ŕ ceux de votre navigateur web.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Le positionnement de la fenętre de lecture</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Éditer votre propre commentaire</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour conserver vos commentaires ŕ propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Éditer votre propre commentaire</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour conserver vos commentaires ŕ propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez au préalable installer une module spécifique de la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>, appelé "Commentaire personnel" ("Personal commentary").</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse -will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rechercher dans des modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rechercher dans des modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html index b9de6b1..99e467e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rechercher dans des modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rechercher dans des modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rechercher dans des modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rechercher dans des modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting -<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other @@ -11,31 +11,31 @@ work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.</p><p>Une troisičme maničre de lancer une recherche consiste ŕ cliquer sur l'icône -de recherche dans une fenętre de lecture ouverte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuration de la recherche</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Sélectionner les modules</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +de recherche dans une fenętre de lecture ouverte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuration de la recherche</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Sélectionner les modules</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Limiter l'étendue de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Limiter l'étendue de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types: - </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Résultats de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Résultats de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la bibliothčque pour ouvrir cette module ŕ ce verset dans une nouvelle fenętre -de lecture.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenętre de lecture -ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement ŕ ce verset.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la -bibliothčque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis +de lecture.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenętre de lecture +ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement ŕ ce verset.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la +bibliothčque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html index c1c8035..ae041a7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothčque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothčques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre ŕ jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Vue d'ensemble du programme</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matičres</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothčque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothčques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre ŕ jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Vue d'ensemble du programme</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little @@ -6,4 +6,4 @@ the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Séquence de démarrage </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Séquence de démarrage </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 71a57fc..1e8f8e4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,77 +1,93 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Index des raccourcis</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Index des raccourcis</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Index des raccourcis</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Index des raccourcis</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Index des raccourcis</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Index des raccourcis</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Référence du menu principal">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Raccourci</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span> </td><td>Retourne en arričre dans l'historique de la fenętre de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span> </td><td>Avance dans l'historique de la fenętre de lecture</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span> +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span> +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> -</a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> +</a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span> </td><td>Diminuer la taille des polices des fenętres de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span> </td><td>Augmenter la taille des polices des fenętres de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span> </td><td>Tout sélectionner. Sélectionner tout le texte dans les fenętres de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span> </td><td>Copier. Copie le texte sélectionné dans le presse-papiers.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span> </td><td>Chercher. Permet d'effectuer une recherche dans le texte d'une fenętre de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> </a> equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> </a> equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> +</a> windows equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> -</a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> +</a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span> </td><td>Ferme la fenętre courante.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy -Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> +Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf -Manager</span> </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager</span> </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> -</a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Référence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 5. Référence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html index 21c6014..25bd0a4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Référence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Référence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Référence</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 5. Référence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapitre 5. Référence</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matičres</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> File </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> View @@ -10,20 +10,20 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Référence du menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Référence du menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les entrées du menu principal de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Ils sont classé dans l'ordre oů ils apparaissent dans<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, avec les éléments de sous-menu juste en-dessous des du menu principal auxquels ils appartiennent. Vous pouvez -aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis">la liste complčte des raccourcis</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis">la liste complčte des raccourcis</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Ferme <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> vous demandera si vous -désirez enregistrer les modifications qui ne l'ont pas encore été.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to +write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -44,54 +44,64 @@ zoom.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="t <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</span> Permet -de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it -for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Empile les fenętres de lecture en cascade</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Ferme toutes les fenętres ouvertes</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Ferme toutes les fenętres ouvertes</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -99,13 +109,13 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-refer </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your -needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime">this section</a> for +needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">this section</a> for details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -127,4 +137,4 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Index des raccourcis</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Index des raccourcis</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 81b687c..f60735a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Séquence de démarrage</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Séquence de démarrage</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Séquence de démarrage</h2></div></div></div><p>Au démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Séquence de démarrage</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Séquence de démarrage</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Séquence de démarrage</h2></div></div></div><p>Au démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que la fenętre principale de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ne s'ouvre:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> @@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime">the -detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the +detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html index 67fd2fb..b94244d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenętres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matičres</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenętres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Autres gestionnaires de fenętres</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Autres gestionnaires de fenętres</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Configuration du démarrage</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Configuration du démarrage</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Séquence de démarrage</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Séquence de démarrage</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html index 9948144..53395bc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 l'équipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenętres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothčque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothčques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre ŕ jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 l'équipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matičres</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenętres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothčque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothčque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothčques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre ŕ jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Polices Unicode </a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Liste des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Polices Unicode </a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index d00dab4..c1ae9f3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ <para>Ebben a rĂ©szben áttekintjĂĽk a bibletime; beállĂtását, amit a fĹ‘menĂĽ <guimenu>BeállĂtások</guimenu> menĂĽjĂ©ben talál.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> - <title>A BibleTime BeállĂtása párbeszĂ©dablak</title> + <title>A &bibletime; BeállĂtása párbeszĂ©dablak</title> <para>A &bibletime; felhasználĂłi felĂĽlete szĂĽksĂ©g szerint többfĂ©lekĂ©ppen is mĂłdosĂthatĂł. A beállĂtási párbeszĂ©dablakot elĂ©rheti a <menuchoice> <guimenu>BeállĂtások</guimenu> </menuchoice> <guimenuitem>&bibletime; @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ egyet, láthatja az elĹ‘nĂ©zeti kĂ©pĂ©t a jobb oldalon.</para> <title> <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> </title> - <para>Itt állĂthatja be a nyelvĂ©t Biblia könyvcĂmeinek. Válassza a saját nyelvĂ©t, -ha lehetsĂ©ges, Ă©s otthonosabban fogja Ă©rezni magát.</para> + <para>Itt állĂthatja be a Biblia könyvcĂmeinek a nyelvĂ©t. Válassza a saját +nyelvĂ©t, ha lehetsĂ©ges, Ă©s otthonosabban fogja Ă©rezni magát.</para> <para>AlapĂ©rtelmezetten a &bibletime; az alapĂ©rtelmezett rendszer szerinti betűkĂ©szletet használja, amit ön felĂĽlbĂrálhat, ha szĂĽksĂ©ges. NĂ©hány nyelv @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ nyelvhez.</para> <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>BeállĂtások - betűkĂ©szletek</phrase> + <phrase>A betűkĂ©szletek beállĂtása</phrase> </textobject> <caption> <para>A betűkĂ©szletek beállĂtása.</para> @@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ kell használnia.</para> <ulink url="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP"> Code2000</ulink> </entry> - <entry>LehetsĂ©ges, hogy a legjobb az ingyenes UNICODE kĂ©szlet, amely sokfĂ©le -karaktert tartalmaz.</entry> + <entry>LehetsĂ©ges, hogy a legjobb ingyenes UNICODE kĂ©szlet, amely sokfĂ©le karaktert +tartalmaz.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ karaktert tartalmaz.</entry> <ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"> Bitstream CyberBit</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE kĂłdokat, de lelassĂtják a &bibletime; futását -a mĂ©retĂĽk miatt.</entry> + <entry>Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE karaktereket, de lelassĂtják a &bibletime; +futását a mĂ©retĂĽk miatt.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>Clearlyu</entry> @@ -168,12 +168,12 @@ url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode karakter </title> <para>Sok lehetĹ‘sĂ©get, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosĂt, testre lehet szabni a &bibletime; futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetĹ‘sĂ©gek jelezve vannak a -párbeszĂ©dablakban. SzintĂ©n lehetĹ‘sĂ©g van alapĂ©rtelmezett dokumentumok -megadására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem konkrĂ©t dokumentum van -meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. PĂ©ldául: ha a Károli fordĂtásĂş Biblia van -megadva alapĂ©rtelmezett Bibliának, ebbĹ‘l fog megjelenni a hivatkozott vers a -"NagyĂtĂł" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölĂ© viszi pĂ©ldául -egy King James fordĂtásĂş Bibliában.</para> +párbeszĂ©dablakban. LehetĹ‘sĂ©g van továbbá az alapĂ©rtelmezett dokumentumok +meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrĂ©t dokumentum +van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. PĂ©ldául: ha a Károli fordĂtásĂş Biblia +van megadva alapĂ©rtelmezett Bibliának, ebbĹ‘l fog megjelenni a hivatkozott +vers a "NagyĂtĂł" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölĂ© viszi +pĂ©ldául egy King James fordĂtásĂş Bibliában.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> <title> @@ -182,9 +182,9 @@ egy King James fordĂtásĂş Bibliában.</para> <para>A gyorsbillentyűk speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a kĂĽlönbözĹ‘ menĂĽelemeknĂ©l Ă©s ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos &bibletime; parancshoz tartozik gyorsbillentyű ( <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">itt -találhatĂł</link> a teljes lista). A legtöbb &bibletime; parancshoz itt -hozzárendelhet gyorsbillentyűt, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt -funkciĂłk elĂ©rĂ©sĂ©hez.</para> +találhatĂł</link> a teljes lista). A legtöbb &bibletime; parancs rendelkezik +gyorsbillentyűvel, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt funkciĂłk +elĂ©rĂ©sĂ©hez.</para> </sect2> </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index 7faad8a..b968f05 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -7,12 +7,12 @@ eszköz, kĂĽlönfĂ©le szövegtĂpussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg dokumentumm modullal. Ez a program a <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> keretrendszerre Ă©pĂĽl, mely lehetĹ‘vĂ© teszi a szövegek megjelenĂtĂ©sĂ©t, keresĂ©sĂ©t stb. A Sword a -zászlĂłshajĂłja a <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Biblia -Társaságnak</ulink>.</para> +<ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</ulink> +zászlĂłshajĂłja.</para> - <para>A &bibletime; Ăşgy lett tervezve, hogy kĂ©pes legyen alkalmazni a Sword -projekt által Ă©rtelmezhetĹ‘ formátumĂş dokumentumokat. Teljeskörű informáciĂłt -a támogatott formátumokrĂłl a Sword projekt <ulink + <para>A &bibletime; arra lett tervezve, hogy a Sword projekt által Ă©rtelmezhetĹ‘ +formátumĂş dokumentumokat alkalmazza. Teljeskörű informáciĂłt a támogatott +formátumokrĂłl a Sword projekt <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> fejlesztĹ‘i szekciĂłjában</ulink> találhat.</para> @@ -20,31 +20,32 @@ szekciĂłjában</ulink> találhat.</para> <title>ElĂ©rhetĹ‘ dokumentumok</title> <para>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven Ă©rhetĹ‘ el a <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</ulink> -honlapján. Ezek tartalmaznak: +honlapján. Itt találhat: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>Bibliákat</term> <listitem> <para>A teljes Biblia szövegĂ©t, lehetsĂ©ges kiegĂ©szĂtĂ©sekkel, mint Strong's számok, -fejlĂ©cek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák a legtöbb nyelven elĂ©rhetĹ‘k, -Ă©s nem csak a modern verziĂłkat találhatja meg. UgyanĂgy fellelhetĹ‘ek a -rĂ©gies szövegváltozatok, mint a Leningrádi KĂłdex ("WLC", hĂ©ber) Ă©s a -Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb rĂ©sze a Sword projektnek.</para> +fejlĂ©cek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák kĂĽlönfĂ©le nyelveken +elĂ©rhetĹ‘k, Ă©s nemcsak a modern verziĂłkat találhatja meg, hanem fellelhetĹ‘ek +a rĂ©gies szövegváltozatok, mint a Westminster Leningrád KĂłdex ("WLC", hĂ©ber) +Ă©s a Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb rĂ©sze a Sword +projektnek.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>Könyvek</term> <listitem> - <para>Alábbi könyveket találhatjuk mĂ©g "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and -"Josephus: The Complete Works"</para> + <para>Többek közt, ilyen ismert könyveket találhatjuk meg: "Imitation of Christ", +"Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>Kommentárok</term> <listitem> - <para>Az elĂ©rhetĹ‘ kommentárok tartalmazzák a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on the -Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárját Ă©s Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A -<emphasis>Saját</emphasis> kommentárokkal lehetĹ‘sĂ©ge van <link + <para>Az elĂ©rhetĹ‘ kommentárok között találhatĂł a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on +the Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárja Ă©s Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A +<emphasis>Saját</emphasis> kommentár modullal lehetĹ‘sĂ©ge van <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> rögzĂteni saját megjegyzĂ©seit</link> a Biblia fejezeteihez.</para> </listitem> @@ -58,16 +59,16 @@ Biblia fejezeteihez.</para> <varlistentry> <term>Lexikonok/szĂłtárak</term> <listitem> - <para>Itt találhatja pĂ©ldául: Robinson MorfolĂłgiai ElemzĂ©si KĂłdok, -Brown-Driver-Briggs HĂ©ber Lexikon Ă©s a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia -EnciklopĂ©dia. SzĂłtárak közĂĽl: Strong's HĂ©ber Bibliai SzĂłtár, Strong's Görög -Bibliai SzĂłtár...</para> + <para>Itt találhatja pĂ©ldául: Robinson MorfolĂłgiai ElemzĂ©si KĂłdokat, +Brown-Driver-Briggs HĂ©ber Lexikonát Ă©s a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia +EnciklopĂ©diát. SzĂłtárak közĂĽl: Strong's HĂ©ber Bibliai SzĂłtár, Strong's Görög +Bibliai SzĂłtár elĂ©rhetĹ‘...</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist></para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> - <title>MotiváciĂł</title> + <title>MotiváciĂłnk</title> <para>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, Ă©s megtegyĂĽnk mindent a rĂ©szĂĽnkrĹ‘l, hogy segĂtsĂĽnk másoknak növelni a kapcsolatukat Vele. IgyekszĂĽnk, hogy egy minĹ‘sĂ©gi, erĹ‘teljes programot kĂ©szĂtsĂĽnk, ami egyszerű Ă©s kĂ©zenfekvĹ‘en @@ -79,7 +80,7 @@ minden jĂł.</para> világosságok AtyjátĂłl száll alá, a kinĂ©l nincs változás, vagy változásnak árnyĂ©ka.</para> </blockquote> - <para>Az Ăšr áldása járja át miközben a programot használja.</para> + <para>Az Ăšr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja.</para> </sect2> </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 0659d82..ab29d93 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <title>A program működĂ©se</title> <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> <title>A program áttekintĂ©se</title> - <para>Ilyen ahogyan egy tipikus &bibletime; folyamat kinĂ©z: + <para>ĂŤgy nĂ©z ki egy tipikus &bibletime; munkafolyamat: <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" /> @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ megnyitott dokumentum helye.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> <title>A Könyvespolc</title> <para>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepĂtett dokumentumokat kategĂłriánkĂ©nt Ă©s -nyelvenkĂ©nt. Itt találhatĂłak a "KönyvjelzĹ‘k" kategĂłria is, ahol tárolhatja -Ă©s elĂ©rheti a saját könyvjelzĹ‘it.</para> +nyelvenkĂ©nt. Itt találhatĂł a "KönyvjelzĹ‘k" kategĂłria is, ahol tárolhatja Ă©s +elĂ©rheti a saját könyvjelzĹ‘it.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> <title>Dokumentumok olvasása</title> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ munkára Ă©rvĂ©nyes. Az <guimenuitem>"Ăltalános informáciĂłk"</guimenuitem> e ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldĂł kulcsát. A zárolt dokumentumokrĂłl kiegĂ©szĂtĹ‘ informáciĂłt olvashat <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> ezen az -oldalon</ulink>, a Crosswire Bibliai Társaság honlapján. </para> +oldalon</ulink>, a Crosswire Biblia Társaság honlapján. </para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> @@ -173,8 +173,9 @@ dokumentumra, Ă©s a vers szövege beszĂşrásra kerĂĽl. </para> olvasott fejezetben, Ăşgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egĂ©rgombbal, Ă©s válassza a <guimenuitem>KeresĂ©s...</guimenuitem> opciĂłt, vagy használhatja a <keycombo -action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> billentyű kombináciĂłt -is. </para> +action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> billentyű +kombináciĂłt. Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes +dokumentumokban is. </para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> @@ -252,7 +253,7 @@ szám elĹ‘fordulását keresi, Ăgy kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. Ha a fĹ‘ szövegtĹ‘l eltĂ©rĹ‘ szövegrĂ©szt keres, akkor a szövegtĂpus megadása után ':', Ă©s jöhet a keresĂ©si kifejezĂ©s. PĂ©ldául, ha a H8077-es Strong's szám elĹ‘fordulását keresi, Ăgy kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. </para> - <para>LehetsĂ©ges szövegtĂpusok: + <para>LehetsĂ©ges szövegtĂpusok: <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> <title>KeresĂ©si tĂpusok</title> <tgroup cols="2"> @@ -282,7 +283,7 @@ elĹ‘fordulását keresi, Ăgy kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. </para> </tbody> </tgroup> </table></para> - <para>A BibleTime a Lucene keresĹ‘motorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb + <para>A &bibletime; a Lucene keresĹ‘motorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb keresĂ©si lehetĹ‘sĂ©get ajánl. Többet megtudhat errĹ‘l a <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink> webcĂmen.</para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 7d17665..8fb42fb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">ebben a rĂ©szben</link> találja.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -36,10 +36,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">ebben a rĂ©szben</link> találja.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>BibleTime bezárása</action>. A BibleTime meg fogja kĂ©rdezni, hogy -elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.<action>BibleTime -bezárása</action>. A BibleTime meg fogja kĂ©rdezni, hogy elmentse -e a -változtatásokat a lemezre.</para> + <action>&bibletime; bezárása</action>. A &bibletime; meg fogja kĂ©rdezni, +hogy elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -71,8 +69,8 @@ változtatásokat a lemezre.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to -maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + <action>Teljes kĂ©pernyĹ‘s mĂłd.</action> Jelölje ezt a mĂłdot be,hogy +maximalizálja a &bibletime; ablakát.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -137,8 +135,8 @@ megjelenĂtĂ©sĂ©t.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -161,8 +159,8 @@ párbeszĂ©dablakban.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -183,23 +181,21 @@ nyit meg</action>. További munkák adhatĂłk a keresĂ©shez a párbeszĂ©dablakban </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> <title> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> </title> + <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>A jelenlegi munkafolyamatot menti</action>. Olyan helyi menĂĽt nyit @@ -210,22 +206,19 @@ folyamatkĂ©nt mentheti a jelenlegit. A következĹ‘ elembĹ‘l tudhatja meg, hogyan kell menteni Ăşj folyamatot.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>A jelenlegi folyamatot Ăşj nĂ©ven menti</action>. MegkĂ©rdezi a @@ -233,18 +226,15 @@ folyamat nevĂ©t a mentĂ©shez.<action>A jelenlegi folyamatot Ăşj nĂ©ven menti</action>. MegkĂ©rdezi a folyamat nevĂ©t a mentĂ©shez.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>ElĹ‘zĹ‘leg mentett folyamat betöltĂ©se</action>. Egy helyi menĂĽt nyit @@ -253,18 +243,15 @@ folyamat betöltĂ©se</action>. Egy helyi menĂĽt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a betöltendĹ‘ folyamatot.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Mentett folyamat törlĂ©se</action>. Olyan menĂĽt nyit meg, ahol @@ -273,35 +260,102 @@ törlĂ©se</action>. Olyan menĂĽt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a törlendĹ‘ munkafolyamatot.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> <term> <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Az ablakok elrendezĂ©sĂ©t szabályozza</action>. A megnyĂlĂł menĂĽ +segĂtsĂ©gĂ©vel eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime; +állĂtsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak prĂłbálja ki!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <!--- TODO add submen items here --> +<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" - format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Az ablakok elrendezĂ©sĂ©t szabályozza</action>. A megnyĂlĂł menĂĽ -segĂtsĂ©gĂ©vel eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime; -állĂtsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak prĂłbálja ki!).<action>Az ablakok -elrendezĂ©sĂ©t szabályozza</action>. A megnyĂlĂł menĂĽ segĂtsĂ©gĂ©vel eldöntheti, -hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime; állĂtsa be -önnek. (Automatikus, csak prĂłbálja ki!).</para> + <action>Az összes ablakot átlapolja</action> + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Az összes ablakot fĂĽggĹ‘leges mozaik elrendezĂ©sre váltja</action> + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Az összes ablakot vĂzszintes mozaik elrendezĂ©sre váltja</action> + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -312,6 +366,7 @@ hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime; állĂtsa be <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Az összes ablakot bezárja</action></para> @@ -319,6 +374,7 @@ hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime; állĂtsa be </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <title> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> @@ -497,133 +553,116 @@ lenyomása (olykor az ALT is) szĂĽksĂ©ges.</para> <tbody> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>VisszalĂ©p az elĹ‘zmĂ©nyekben az olvasĂł ablakban.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>ElĹ‘relĂ©p az elĹ‘zmĂ©nyekben.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><menuchoice><guimenu>KeresĂ©s</guimenu><guimenuitem>KeresĂ©s az alapĂ©rtelmezett Bibliában</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽvel -egyezĹ‘; keresĂ©si ablakot nyit az alapĂ©rtelmezett Bibliában keresĂ©shez.<link -linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><menuchoice><guimenu>KeresĂ©s</guimenu><guimenuitem>KeresĂ©s -az alapĂ©rtelmezett Bibliában</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽvel egyezĹ‘; keresĂ©si ablakot nyit az alapĂ©rtelmezett Bibliában keresĂ©shez.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo> </entry> + <entry> - Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok + Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazĂtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> FĂĽggĹ‘leges mozaik elrendezĂ©ssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik -elrendezĂ©st.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazĂtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> -FĂĽggĹ‘leges mozaik elrendezĂ©ssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az -automatikus mozaik elrendezĂ©st.</entry> +elrendezĂ©st. + </entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazĂtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> VĂzszintes mozaik elrendezĂ©ssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik -elrendezĂ©st.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazĂtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> -VĂzszintes mozaik elrendezĂ©ssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az -automatikus mozaik elrendezĂ©st.</entry> +elrendezĂ©st.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazĂtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> ĂtlapolĂł elrendezĂ©ssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus átlapolĂł -elrendezĂ©st.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazĂtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> -ĂtlapolĂł elrendezĂ©ssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus -átlapolĂł elrendezĂ©st.</entry> +elrendezĂ©st.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazĂtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> KĂ©zi -elrendezĂ©ssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az kĂ©zi -elrendezĂ©st.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazĂtása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> KĂ©zi elrendezĂ©ssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az kĂ©zi elrendezĂ©st.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> Megegyezik az <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>MentĂ©s Ăşj folyamatkĂ©nt</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, menti a -jelenlegi elrendezĂ©st Ăşj nĂ©ven, Ăşj folyamatkĂ©nt.Megegyezik az <link -linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>MentĂ©s -Ăşj folyamatkĂ©nt</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, menti a jelenlegi elrendezĂ©st Ăşj nĂ©ven, Ăşj folyamatkĂ©nt.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> Megegyezik az <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> Ă–sszes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, bezárja az -összes nyitott ablakot.Megegyezik az <link -linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> -Ă–sszes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, bezárja az összes nyitott ablakot.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>KicsinyĂt. Csökkenti az ablakban alkalmazott betű mĂ©retĂ©t.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>NagyĂt. Növeli az ablakban alkalmazott betű mĂ©retĂ©t.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Ă–sszes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális ablakban.Ă–sszes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális @@ -631,51 +670,89 @@ ablakban.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Másolás. A kijelölt szöveget a vágĂłlapra másolja.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>KeresĂ©s. Az ablakban lĂ©vĹ‘ szövegben keres.</entry> </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + Megegyezik az <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> +Ă–sszes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, bezárja az +összes nyitott ablakot. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + Megegyezik az <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> +Ă–sszes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, bezárja az +összes nyitott ablakot. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + Megegyezik az <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> +Ă–sszes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, bezárja az +összes nyitott ablakot. + </entry> + </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> Megegyezik a <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><menuchoice><guimenu>KeresĂ©s</guimenu><guimenuitem>KeresĂ©s a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> -menĂĽponttal, keresĂ©si ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban valĂł -keresĂ©shez.Megegyezik a <link -linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><menuchoice><guimenu>KeresĂ©s</guimenu><guimenuitem>KeresĂ©s -a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, keresĂ©si ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban valĂł keresĂ©shez.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> Megegyezik a <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><menuchoice><guimenu>Fájl</guimenu> <guimenuitem>KilĂ©pĂ©s</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></link> ponttal, a -&bibletime; bezárása.Megegyezik a <link -linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><menuchoice><guimenu>Fájl</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>KilĂ©pĂ©s</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></link> ponttal, a &bibletime; bezárása.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Bezárja az aktuális ablakot.</entry> </row> @@ -688,9 +765,6 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><menuchoice><guimenu>Fájl</guimenu> <entry> Megegyezik a <menuchoice><guimenu>SegĂtsĂ©g</guimenu><guimenuitem> KĂ©zikönyv</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menĂĽponttal, megnyitja ezt a -kĂ©zikönyvet.Megegyezik a -<menuchoice><guimenu>SegĂtsĂ©g</guimenu><guimenuitem> -KĂ©zikönyv</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menĂĽponttal, megnyitja ezt a kĂ©zikönyvet.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -702,10 +776,7 @@ kĂ©zikönyvet.</entry> <entry> Megegyezik a <menuchoice><guimenu>SegĂtsĂ©g</guimenu><guimenuitem> Biblia tanulmányozás "hogyan"</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menĂĽponttal, megnyitja a -segĂ©dletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.Megegyezik a -<menuchoice><guimenu>SegĂtsĂ©g</guimenu><guimenuitem> Biblia tanulmányozás -"hogyan"</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menĂĽponttal, megnyitja a segĂ©dletet a -Biblia tanulmányozásához.</entry> +segĂ©dletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -717,9 +788,6 @@ Biblia tanulmányozásához.</entry> Megegyezik a <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><menuchoice><guimenu>BeállĂtások</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> -menĂĽponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.Megegyezik a <link -linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><menuchoice><guimenu>BeállĂtások</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -732,9 +800,6 @@ menĂĽponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.</entry> Megegyezik a <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><menuchoice><guimenu>NĂ©zet</guimenu><guimenuitem> Könyvespolc mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, -láthatĂłvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".Megegyezik a <link -linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><menuchoice><guimenu>NĂ©zet</guimenu><guimenuitem> -Könyvespolc mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, láthatĂłvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".</entry> </row> <row> @@ -747,9 +812,6 @@ láthatĂłvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".</entry> Megegyezik a <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><menuchoice><guimenu>NĂ©zet</guimenu><guimenuitem>NagyĂtĂł mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, láthatĂłvá teszi a -nagyĂtĂł (informáciĂłs) ablakot.Megegyezik a <link -linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><menuchoice><guimenu>NĂ©zet</guimenu><guimenuitem>NagyĂtĂł -mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menĂĽponttal, láthatĂłvá teszi a nagyĂtĂł (informáciĂłs) ablakot.</entry> </row> </tbody> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 9d73fcd..40f0e46 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -5,47 +5,36 @@ <sect2 id="hdbk-start"> <title>&bibletime; indĂtása</title> <para>A &bibletime; egy vĂ©grehajthatĂł fájl, amit a Start menĂĽbĹ‘l indĂthat, evvel -az ikonnal:A &bibletime; egy vĂ©grehajthatĂł fájl, amit a Start menĂĽbĹ‘l -indĂthat, evvel az ikonnal: +az ikonnal: <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> + <phrase>&bibletime; indĂtĂłikon</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject></para> - <para>A &bibletime; termĂ©szetesen indĂthatĂł parancssorbĂłl is. Hogy megtegye Ărja -be egy terminál ablakba ezt:A &bibletime; termĂ©szetesen indĂthatĂł -parancssorbĂłl is. Hogy megtegye Ărja be egy terminál ablakba ezt: + <para>A &bibletime; termĂ©szetesen indĂthatĂł parancssorbĂłl is. IndĂtáshoz Ărja be +egy terminál ablakba ezt: <screen>&bibletime;</screen></para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> <title>Más ablakkezelĹ‘k (*nix rendszeren)</title> <para>A &bibletime; termĂ©szetesen használhatĂł más ablakkezelĹ‘kkel is, mint Gnome, -BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szĂĽksĂ©ges könyvtárakat telepĂti -hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelĹ‘je automatikusan megteszi.)A -&bibletime; termĂ©szetesen használhatĂł más ablakkezelĹ‘kkel is, mint Gnome, -BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szĂĽksĂ©ges könyvtárakat telepĂti +BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szĂĽksĂ©ges összetevĹ‘ket telepĂti hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelĹ‘je automatikusan megteszi.)</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> <title>EgyĂ©ni indĂtások</title> - <para>TerminálbĂłl indĂtva lehetĹ‘sĂ©ge van arra, hogy vĂ©letlenszerű verssel induljon -a &bibletime;, melyet az alapĂ©rtelmezett bibliábĂłl választ:TerminálbĂłl -indĂtva lehetĹ‘sĂ©ge van arra, hogy vĂ©letlenszerű verssel induljon a -&bibletime;, melyet az alapĂ©rtelmezett bibliábĂłl választ: - <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</screen>Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt -Ărja:Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt -Ărja: - <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</screen>MegjelenĂtheti a könyvek (bibliai) neveit a saját nyelvĂ©n is.</para> + <para>TerminálbĂłl vĂ©letlenszerű verssel Ăgy indĂthatĂł a &bibletime;: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</screen>Egy meghatározott verssel induláshoz, mint pĂ©ldául a János 3:16 Ăgy: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</screen>Használhatja a könyvek neveit saját nyelvĂ©n is.</para> </sect2> </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> <title>IndĂtási folyamat</title> <para>Mikor a &bibletime; indul, a következĹ‘ kĂ©pet láthatja a fĹ‘ &bibletime; ablak -betöltĂ©se elĹ‘tt:Mikor a &bibletime; indul, a következĹ‘ kĂ©pet láthatja a fĹ‘ -&bibletime; ablak betöltĂ©se elĹ‘tt:</para> +betöltĂ©se elĹ‘tt:</para> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> @@ -60,14 +49,7 @@ könyvespolc beállĂtva. Tekintse meg <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> ezt a rĂ©szt</link> további informáciĂłkĂ©rt. Ha ĂĽres könyvespolccal indulnak, hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv telepĂtĂ©se, hogy gyorsan -megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetĹ‘sĂ©geit.<action>Könyvespolc -beállĂtása.</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetĹ‘vĂ© a könyvespolcának -beállĂtását, hozzáadhat, törölhet munkákat a rendszerĂ©ben. Csak akkor -jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapĂ©rtelmezett könyvespolc -beállĂtva. Tekintse meg <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> ezt a -rĂ©szt</link> további informáciĂłkĂ©rt. Ha ĂĽres könyvespolccal indulnak, -hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv -telepĂtĂ©se, hogy gyorsan megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetĹ‘sĂ©geit.</para> +megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetĹ‘sĂ©geit.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -78,9 +60,6 @@ telepĂtĂ©se, hogy gyorsan megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetĹ‘sĂ©geit.</para> <para> <action> &bibletime; testreszabása</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetĹ‘vĂ©, hogy a &bibletime; a szĂĽksĂ©geinek megfelelĹ‘ legyen. Tekintse meg a <link -linkend="hdbk-config-bt">lehetĹ‘sĂ©gek</link> rĂ©szletes leĂrását.<action> -&bibletime; testreszabása</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetĹ‘vĂ©, hogy a -&bibletime; a szĂĽksĂ©geinek megfelelĹ‘ legyen. Tekintse meg a <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">lehetĹ‘sĂ©gek</link> rĂ©szletes leĂrását.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook index c861a8e..4b7dda0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ <date>2009-04</date> <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> <abstract> - <para>&bibletime; egy Biblia tanulmányozĂł szoftver a Sword keretrendszerre -alapozva.</para> + <para>&bibletime; egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozĂł +szoftver.</para> </abstract> <keywordset> <keyword>QT4</keyword> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html index 063d7f1..6d584bc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -7,21 +7,21 @@ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> HotKeys </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Ebben a részben áttekintjük a bibletime; beállítását, amit a főmenü -<span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> menüjében talál.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is +<span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> menüjében talál.</p><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is módosítható. A beállítási párbeszédablakot elérheti a <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> <span class="guimenuitem"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> -beállítása</span> menüpont kiválasztásával.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +beállítása</span> menüpont kiválasztásával.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetőségek közül: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Indítási logó mutatása</p></li></ul></div><p>A sablonok határozzák meg a szövegek megjelenítését (színek, méretek stb.). Többféle beépített sablon áll rendelkezésre. Amennyiben kiválaszt -egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> - </h3></div></div></div><p>Itt állíthatja be a nyelvét Biblia könyvcímeinek. Válassza a saját nyelvét, -ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</p><p>Alapértelmezetten a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti + </h3></div></div></div><p>Itt állíthatja be a Biblia könyvcímeinek a nyelvét. Válassza a saját +nyelvét, ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</p><p>Alapértelmezetten a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti betűkészletet használja, amit ön felülbírálhat, ha szükséges. Néhány nyelv speciális betűkészletet igényel a korrekt megjelenítéshez. Ez az ablak lehetőséget nyújt önnek, hogy egyedi betűkészletet határozzon meg minden -nyelvhez.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Beállítások - betűkészletek"><div class="caption"><p>A betűkészletek beállítása.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> képes az összes támogatott betűkészletet használni. Ha a +nyelvhez.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="A betűkészletek beállítása"><div class="caption"><p>A betűkészletek beállítása.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> képes az összes támogatott betűkészletet használni. Ha a dokumentum amit néz, tökéletesen megjelenik, nem kell tennie semmit, ellenben ha a dokumentum egy sorozat kérdőjelt (????????), vagy üres négyzetet tartalmaz, akkor tudhatja, hogy az alapértelmezett betűkészlet nem @@ -31,21 +31,21 @@ menüből. Kattintsa be az egyedi betűkészlet használata jelölőnégyzetet. Például a Code2000 betűkészlet olyan karaktereket tartalmaz, amit sok nyelv használ. Ha egyetlen telepített betűkészlet sem képes helyesen megjeleníteni a kívánt dokumentumot, akkor próbálja meg -telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Betűkészlet telepítése</h4></div></div></div><p>A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a +telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.</p><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Betűkészlet telepítése</h4></div></div></div><p>A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a hatáskörén. További információkért keresse fel a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> UNICODE -HOWTO</a> weboldalt.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), +HOWTO</a> weboldalt.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> gyorsabban fut, mint egy nagyobb, összetettebb betűkészletnél, mint a <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(kb. 12MB).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Elérhető betűkészletek</h4></div></div></div><p>A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Az ön *nix disztribúciója.</p></li><li><p>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</p></li><li><p>Meglévő <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®telepítés +Cyberbit</span>®(kb. 12MB).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Elérhető betűkészletek</h4></div></div></div><p>A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Az ön *nix disztribúciója.</p></li><li><p>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</p></li><li><p>Meglévő <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®telepítés ugyanazon a számítógépen.</p></li><li><p>Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online betűkészlet-gyűjtemények.</p></li></ul></div><p>Az UNICODE betűkészletek többféle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyéb készletek, és néhány ilyen betűkészlet ingyenesen is elérhető. Egy betűkészlet sem tartalmazza az összes karaktert, amit az UNICODE szabvány meghatároz, ezért lehetséges, hogy nyelvenként különböző betűkészleteket -kell használnia.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. UNICODE betűkészletek</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="UNICODE betűkészletek" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +kell használnia.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>4.1. táblázat - UNICODE betűkészletek</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="UNICODE betűkészletek" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> - </td><td>Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb az ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle -karaktert tartalmaz.</td></tr><tr><td> + </td><td>Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle karaktert +tartalmaz.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> SIL unicode fonts</a> </td><td>Kiváló UNICODE készletek szerezhetőek be a Summer Institute of Linguistics @@ -58,28 +58,28 @@ karaktert tartalmaz.</td></tr><tr><td> </td><td>További betűkészletek elérhetőek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldaláról.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> Bitstream CyberBit</a> - </td><td>Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE kódokat, de lelassítják a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> futását -a méretük miatt.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>A legtöbb disztribúcióban megtalálható, tartalmazza az európai, a görög, + </td><td>Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE karaktereket, de lelassítják a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +futását a méretük miatt.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>A legtöbb disztribúcióban megtalálható, tartalmazza az európai, a görög, héber és thai karaktereket.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> </td><td>Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Jó UNICODE betűkészlet listákat találhat a neten, például egyet Christoph Singer összeállításában ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Többnyelvű Unicode TrueType betűkészletek az Interneten</a>), vagy egy másik Alan Woodtól ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode karakter -összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Sok lehetőséget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetőségek jelezve vannak a -párbeszédablakban. Szintén lehetőség van alapértelmezett dokumentumok -megadására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem konkrét dokumentum van -meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia van -megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott vers a -"Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi például -egy King James fordítású Bibliában.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> +párbeszédablakban. Lehetőség van továbbá az alapértelmezett dokumentumok +meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrét dokumentum +van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia +van megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott +vers a "Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi +például egy King James fordítású Bibliában.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>A gyorsbillentyűk speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a különböző menüelemeknél és ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancshoz tartozik gyorsbillentyű ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">itt -található</a> a teljes lista). A legtöbb <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancshoz itt -hozzárendelhet gyorsbillentyűt, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt -funkciók eléréséhez.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportálás és Nyomtatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +található</a> a teljes lista). A legtöbb <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancs rendelkezik +gyorsbillentyűvel, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt funkciók +eléréséhez.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportálás és Nyomtatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html index 1232967..a080c97 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,28 +1,29 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Bevezetés</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Bevezetés</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Bevezetés</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motiváció</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Bevezetés</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó eszköz, különféle szövegtípussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg dokumentummal, modullal. Ez a program a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> keretrendszerre épül, mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek megjelenítését, keresését stb. A Sword a -zászlóshajója a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia -Társaságnak</a>.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> úgy lett tervezve, hogy képes legyen alkalmazni a Sword -projekt által értelmezhető formátumú dokumentumokat. Teljeskörű információt -a támogatott formátumokról a Sword projekt <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> fejlesztői -szekciójában</a> találhat.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Elérhető dokumentumok</h3></div></div></div><p>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</a> -honlapján. Ezek tartalmaznak: +<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</a> +zászlóshajója.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> arra lett tervezve, hogy a Sword projekt által értelmezhető +formátumú dokumentumokat alkalmazza. Teljeskörű információt a támogatott +formátumokról a Sword projekt <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> fejlesztői +szekciójában</a> találhat.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Elérhető dokumentumok</h3></div></div></div><p>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</a> +honlapján. Itt találhat: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibliákat</span></dt><dd><p>A teljes Biblia szövegét, lehetséges kiegészítésekkel, mint Strong's számok, -fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák a legtöbb nyelven elérhetők, -és nem csak a modern verziókat találhatja meg. Ugyanígy fellelhetőek a -régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Leningrádi Kódex ("WLC", héber) és a -Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword projektnek.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Könyvek</span></dt><dd><p>Alábbi könyveket találhatjuk még "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and -"Josephus: The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentárok</span></dt><dd><p>Az elérhető kommentárok tartalmazzák a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on the -Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárját és Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A -<span class="emphasis"><em>Saját</em></span> kommentárokkal lehetősége van <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése"> rögzíteni saját megjegyzéseit</a> a -Biblia fejezeteihez.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Napi áhítatok</span></dt><dd><p>Sok ember hálás ezekért a napi adagokért Isten igéjéből.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikonok/szótárak</span></dt><dd><p>Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódok, -Brown-Driver-Briggs Héber Lexikon és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia -Enciklopédia. Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög -Bibliai Szótár...</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motiváció</h3></div></div></div><p>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről, +fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák különféle nyelveken +elérhetők, és nemcsak a modern verziókat találhatja meg, hanem fellelhetőek +a régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Westminster Leningrád Kódex ("WLC", héber) +és a Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword +projektnek.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Könyvek</span></dt><dd><p>Többek közt, ilyen ismert könyveket találhatjuk meg: "Imitation of Christ", +"Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentárok</span></dt><dd><p>Az elérhető kommentárok között található a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on +the Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárja és Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A +<span class="emphasis"><em>Saját</em></span> kommentár modullal lehetősége van <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése"> rögzíteni saját megjegyzéseit</a> a +Biblia fejezeteihez.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Napi áhítatok</span></dt><dd><p>Sok ember hálás ezekért a napi adagokért Isten igéjéből.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikonok/szótárak</span></dt><dd><p>Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódokat, +Brown-Driver-Briggs Héber Lexikonát és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia +Enciklopédiát. Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög +Bibliai Szótár elérhető...</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivációnk</h3></div></div></div><p>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről, hogy segítsünk másoknak növelni a kapcsolatukat Vele. Igyekszünk, hogy egy minőségi, erőteljes programot készítsünk, ami egyszerű és kézenfekvően használható. Vágyunk, hogy az Úr dicsőítve legyen, ahogyan Tőle származik minden jó.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Minden jó adomány és minden tökéletes ajándék felülről való, és a világosságok Atyjától száll alá, a kinél nincs változás, vagy változásnak -árnyéka.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakab 1:17, Károli</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Az Úr áldása járja át miközben a programot használja.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime kézikönyv </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +árnyéka.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakab 1:17, Károli</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Az Úr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime kézikönyv </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 09633d8..3e5fb40 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Könyvespolc menedzser</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Könyvespolc menedzser</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> egy segédeszköz a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Könyvespolc menedzser</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Könyvespolc menedzser</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> egy segédeszköz a könyvespolcunk kezeléséhez. Ennek segítségével tud új dokumentumokat telepíteni a könyvespolcra, frissíteni vagy akár törölni azokat. Megtalálja -a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> almenüjében.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</h3></div></div></div><p>Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a +a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> almenüjében.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</h3></div></div></div><p>Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több -könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, +könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indításakor az összes dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indításakor az összes -dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</h3></div></div></div><p>Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez +dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</h3></div></div></div><p>Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez ("könyvtárhoz"), és letölthet egy, vagy akár több munkát a saját helyi könyvespolcára. Ezek a könyvtárak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. Sword CD), vagy távoliak is, mint a Crosswire online tárolóhelye. Egyszerűen kezelheti @@ -29,16 +29,16 @@ helyi könyvespolcot, ahova telepíteni szeretne. Ezek után kattintson a tároló tartalmát, és elkészít egy listát a telepíthető, vagy a meglévő de frissíthető dokumentumokról. Már csak ki kell jelölnie a telepítendőeket, majd <span class="guibutton">Telepítés...</span> és a kívánt munkák a könyvespolcára -kerülnek.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Dokumentum(ok) törlése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, +kerülnek.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Dokumentum(ok) törlése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, lemezterületet szabadítson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, lemezterületet szabadítson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, -majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Keresési indexek</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a +majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Keresési indexek</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult indexeit.Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult -indexeit.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> +indexeit.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Keresés a dokumentumokban </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportálás és Nyomtatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Keresés a dokumentumokban </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportálás és Nyomtatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 02200f6..02fc817 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</h2></div></div></div><p>Több helyen van lehetősége helyi menüt nyitni a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</h2></div></div></div><p>Több helyen van lehetősége helyi menüt nyitni a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal. Helyzettől függően lehetősége van <span class="guimenuitem">Kijelölni</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Másolni</span> (a vágólapra), <span class="guimenuitem">Menteni</span> vagy @@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amen ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt készít, melyben <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre külső, önnek megfelelő eszközt használjon, minthogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási képességeire -támaszkodjon közvetlenül.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Könyvespolc menedzser </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +támaszkodjon közvetlenül.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Könyvespolc menedzser </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 50cab5d..f66af76 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A BibleTime ablak részei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A BibleTime ablak részei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Könyvespolc</h3></div></div></div><p>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és -nyelvenként. Itt találhatóak a "Könyvjelzők" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja -és elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A BibleTime ablak részei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A BibleTime ablak részei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Könyvespolc</h3></div></div></div><p>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és +nyelvenként. Itt található a "Könyvjelzők" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja és +elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</p><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal egérgombbal</span> a kívánt kategóriára (Bibliák, Kommentárok, Lexikonok...) a tartalmuk kijelzéséhez, majd kattintson a kiválasztott munkára a megnyitásához. A kívánt dokumentum a Munkaasztal részen lesz -látható.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát +látható.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát ugyanannál a résznél, ahol éppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal egérgombbal</span> a versre, hivatkozásra (a mutató kéz alakúra vált) és húzza a könyvespolcra. Vigye a kívánt dokumentumra, az a kívánt helyen fog megnyílni. Ugyanígy húzhat egy hivatkozást a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, és az a kívánt hivatkozásra fog -ugrani.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról</h4></div></div></div><p>Amikor <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum +ugrani.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról</h4></div></div></div><p>Amikor <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott munkára érvényes. Az <span class="guimenuitem">"Általános információk"</span> egy új ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkozó információkkal. A <span class="guimenuitem">"Feloldás"</span> egy kis párbeszédablakot nyit meg, ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt dokumentumokról kiegészítő információt olvashat <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> ezen az -oldalon</a>, a Crosswire Bibliai Társaság honlapján. </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h4></div></div></div><p>Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal +oldalon</a>, a Crosswire Biblia Társaság honlapján. </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h4></div></div></div><p>Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattint a dokumentum ikonjára, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenuitem">"Keresés itt:"</span> menüpontot. A Shift segítségével másik ikonokra kattintva hozzáadhat még dokumentumokat a kereséshez, ekkor az összes -kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a> találhatja.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Munka a könyvjelzőkkel</h4></div></div></div><p> +kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a> találhatja.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Munka a könyvjelzőkkel</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p> Kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal a könyvjelzők kategóriára, majd válassza az <span class="guimenuitem">"Új mappa @@ -37,21 +37,21 @@ ahogyan az az előzőekben le lett írva, majd válassza a előjön egy párbeszédablak, mely segítségével mentheti a könyvjelzőit. Az importálás hasonlóképpen történik.</p><p>A <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattintás természetesen alkalmazható a mappák és a könyvjelzők neveinek és leírásainak -megváltoztatására is.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Nagyító</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a kis ablak a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor +megváltoztatására is.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Nagyító</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a kis ablak a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor az egérrel egy olyan szövegrész fölé megy, ami kiegészítő információ (például Strong's számok, hivatkozások) tartozik a szöveghez az ebben a -részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Munkaasztal</h3></div></div></div><p>A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak +részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Munkaasztal</h3></div></div></div><p>A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak meg a dokumentumok a könyvespolcról, olvashatja azokat, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">kereshet</a> bennük, és saját megjegyzéseket -fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése">ahogyan az itt látható</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahogyan azt már <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Dokumentumok olvasása">láthattuk</a>, a dokumentumokat +fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése">ahogyan az itt látható</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahogyan azt már <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Dokumentumok olvasása">láthattuk</a>, a dokumentumokat egyszerűen megnyithatjuk a Könyvespolcról, az ikonjukra kattintva. A megnyitási terület a munkaasztalon van. Minden ablak rendelkezik eszköztárral, amelyen segédeszközöket találhat a navigáláshoz a megnyitott -munkában.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</h4></div></div></div><p>Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, +munkában.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</h4></div></div></div><p>Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, ahol több lehetősége van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantást az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> menüre a főmenüben. Látható, hogy az ablakok elhelyezkedését ön kézzel is és a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> automatikusan is szabályozhatja. Ez utóbbi eléréséhez válassza az <span class="guimenu">Ablak -menü</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</span> menüpontot.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Saját kommentár szerkesztése</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges +menü</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</span> menüpontot.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Saját kommentár szerkesztése</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges telepíteni a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</a> egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt".</p><p>Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára <span class="mousebutton">kattintva</span> a könyvespolcon, olvasási üzemmódban @@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ nyílik meg, ekkor nem tudja szerkeszteni. Szerkeszteni akkor tudja, ha <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattint, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése </span>pontot és az <span class="guimenuitem">Egyszerű szöveg </span>(forráskód szerkesztő) vagy -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ha a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése</span> -inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a -dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. A program működése </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Keresés a dokumentumokban</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése</span> +inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a +dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A program működése </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Keresés a dokumentumokban</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html index ab50b0f..e4825a0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Keresés a dokumentumokban</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </h3></div></div></div><p>Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Keresés a dokumentumokban</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </h3></div></div></div><p>Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal, és válassza a -<span class="guimenuitem">Keresés...</span> opciót, vagy használhatja a <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> billentyű kombinációt -is. </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </h3></div></div></div><p>Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy +<span class="guimenuitem">Keresés...</span> opciót, vagy használhatja a <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> billentyű +kombinációt. Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes +dokumentumokban is. </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </h3></div></div></div><p>Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span>egérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a <span class="guimenu">Könyvespolcon</span>, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés a dokumentum(ok)ban</span> lehetőséget. A Shift vagy a Ctrl nyomva @@ -11,19 +12,19 @@ módon, mint ha csak egy dokumentumban keresne. Ekkor az összes kiválasztott munkában fog keresni egyszerre.</p><p>Szintén elérhető a keresési funkció a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> almenüjéből, ahol kiválaszthatja a megfelelő bejegyzést.</p><p>A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés -ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>A keresés testreszabása </h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Dokumentumok kiválasztása</h4></div></div></div><p>A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy +ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>A keresés testreszabása </h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Dokumentumok kiválasztása</h4></div></div></div><p>A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy <span class="guibutton">Választás</span> feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy <span class="guibutton">Választás</span> feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a -lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Keresési hatókörök használata</h4></div></div></div><p>Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ +lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Keresési hatókörök használata</h4></div></div></div><p>Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ egyet a <span class="guimenu">Hatósugár</span> által felajánlott listából. Ön is meghatározhat hatókört a <span class="guibutton">Telepítés</span> gombra kattintva.Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ egyet a <span class="guimenu">Hatósugár</span> által felajánlott listából. Ön is meghatározhat hatókört a <span class="guibutton">Telepítés</span> gombra -kattintva.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a> Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása</h4></div></div></div><p>Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel +kattintva.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a> Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása</h4></div></div></div><p>Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredményeként azok lesznek felsorolva, amelyekben bármelyik kifejezés előfordul (OR - angolul a VAGY kifejezés). Ha azokra a találatokra kíváncsi csak, melyben az összes @@ -44,10 +45,10 @@ után ':', és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's szám előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. Ha a fő szövegtől eltérő szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtípus megadása után ':', és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's szám -előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. </p><p>Lehetséges szövegtípusok: - </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Keresési típusok</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Keresési típusok" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Előtag</th><th>Jelentés</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading: (fejléc)</td><td>A fejlécekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>footnote: (lábjegyzet)</td><td>a lábjegyzetekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>a Strong's számok előfordulásait keresi</td></tr><tr><td>morph: (alak)</td><td>alaktani kódokra keres</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>A BibleTime a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb +előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. </p><p>Lehetséges szövegtípusok: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>3.1. táblázat - Keresési típusok</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Keresési típusok" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Előtag</th><th>Jelentés</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading: (fejléc)</td><td>A fejlécekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>footnote: (lábjegyzet)</td><td>a lábjegyzetekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>a Strong's számok előfordulásait keresi</td></tr><tr><td>morph: (alak)</td><td>alaktani kódokra keres</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb keresési lehetőséget ajánl. Többet megtudhat erről a <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a> webcímen.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Keresési találatok</h3></div></div></div><p>Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a> webcímen.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Keresési találatok</h3></div></div></div><p>Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként csoportosítva. <span class="mousebutton">Jobb </span>egérgombbal a munkára kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik az is, @@ -59,17 +60,17 @@ munkára kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik az is, ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az előnézeti ablakban láthatóvá -válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum +válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a -dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum +dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy -megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők +megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők készítéséhez.Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra -könyvjelzők készítéséhez.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Keresési találatok elemzése</h4></div></div></div><p>Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok elemzése</span> gombra, hogy +könyvjelzők készítéséhez.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Keresési találatok elemzése</h4></div></div></div><p>Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok elemzése</span> gombra, hogy megnyissa a találatokat elemző ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést láthat a találatokról, találatok száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni.Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok elemzése</span> gombra, hogy megnyissa a találatokat elemző ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést láthat a találatokról, találatok -száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A BibleTime ablak részei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Könyvespolc menedzser</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A BibleTime ablak részei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Könyvespolc menedzser</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html index 6a40414..5852a6c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. A program működése</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. A program működése</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>A program áttekintése</h2></div></div></div><p>Ilyen ahogyan egy tipikus <span class="application">BibleTime</span> folyamat kinéz: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A program működése</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>3. fejezet - A program működése</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>A program áttekintése</h2></div></div></div><p>Így néz ki egy tipikus <span class="application">BibleTime</span> munkafolyamat: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="A BibleTime alkalmazás ablak"></div><p> Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különböző részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzők kezelésére használható. A kisebb @@ -6,4 +6,4 @@ oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzők kezelésére használható. A kisebb mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a "Nagyító" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors elérést biztosít a különböző funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a -megnyitott dokumentum helye.</p><p>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Indítási folyamat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A BibleTime ablak részei</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +megnyitott dokumentum helye.</p><p>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Indítási folyamat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A BibleTime ablak részei</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 0808983..c335e58 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Gyorsbillentyűk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Gyorsbillentyűk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Gyorsbillentyűk</h2></div></div></div><p>Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Gyorsbillentyűk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Gyorsbillentyűk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Gyorsbillentyűk</h2></div></div></div><p>Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás (többnyire) ABC sorrendnek megfelelő. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni, melyik kombináció tartozik egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> menüiben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">ebben a részben</a>. Ne feledje, hogy a @@ -10,121 +10,111 @@ egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a <span class="application">BibleTime</ jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">ebben a részben</a>. Ne feledje, hogy a funkcióbillentűk kivételével (F1-F9) a billentyűk mellé a CTRL billentyű lenyomása (olykor az ALT is) szükséges.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Gyorsbillentyű</th><th>Leírás</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span> </td><td>Visszalép az előzményekben az olvasó ablakban.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span> </td><td>Előrelép az előzményekben.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span></a> menüvel -egyező; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés -az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span></a> menüvel egyező; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span> </td><td> - Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok + Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Függőleges mozaik elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik -elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> -Függőleges mozaik elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az -automatikus mozaik elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> +elrendezést. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Vízszintes mozaik elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik -elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> -Vízszintes mozaik elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az -automatikus mozaik elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> +elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Átlapoló elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus átlapoló -elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> -Átlapoló elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus -átlapoló elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> +elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Kézi -elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az kézi -elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Kézi elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az kézi elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mentés új folyamatként</span></a> menüponttal, menti a -jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként.Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mentés -új folyamatként</span></a> menüponttal, menti a jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az -összes nyitott ablakot.Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> -Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az összes nyitott ablakot.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span> </td><td>Kicsinyít. Csökkenti az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span> </td><td>Nagyít. Növeli az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span> </td><td>Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális ablakban.Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális ablakban.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span> </td><td>Másolás. A kijelölt szöveget a vágólapra másolja.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span> </td><td>Keresés. Az ablakban lévő szövegben keres.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az +összes nyitott ablakot. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az +összes nyitott ablakot. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span> + </td><td> + Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> +Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az +összes nyitott ablakot. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</span></a> -menüponttal, keresési ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való -kereséshez.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés -a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</span></a> menüponttal, keresési ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való kereséshez.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><span class="guimenu">Fájl</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kilépés</span></a> ponttal, a -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> bezárása.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><span class="guimenu">Fájl</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kilépés</span></a> ponttal, a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bezárása.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span> </td><td>Bezárja az aktuális ablakot.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik a <span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Kézikönyv</span> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a -kézikönyvet.Megegyezik a -<span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> -Kézikönyv</span> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a kézikönyvet.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik a <span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Biblia tanulmányozás "hogyan"</span> menüponttal, megnyitja a -segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.Megegyezik a -<span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Biblia tanulmányozás -"hogyan"</span> menüponttal, megnyitja a segédletet a -Biblia tanulmányozásához.</td></tr><tr><td> +segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a> -menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a> menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Könyvespolc mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, -láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> -Könyvespolc mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Nagyító mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a -nagyító (információs) ablakot.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Nagyító -mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a -nagyító (információs) ablakot.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +nagyító (információs) ablakot.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html index 7952d6d..9cb8af2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> File </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> View @@ -10,32 +10,30 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Főmenü referenciája</h2></div></div></div><p>Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Főmenü referenciája</h2></div></div></div><p>Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk -tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">BibleTime bezárása</span>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy -elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.<span class="action">BibleTime -bezárása</span>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy elmentse -e a -változtatásokat a lemezre.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> bezárása</span>. A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> meg fogja kérdezni, +hogy elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to -maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Teljes képernyős mód.</span> Jelölje ezt a módot be,hogy +maximalizálja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablakát.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Eszköztár megjelenítése. </span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a fő @@ -51,27 +49,26 @@ kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-refer <span class="action">Nagyító megjelenítése</span>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak) megjelenítését.<span class="action">Nagyító megjelenítése</span>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak) -megjelenítését.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +megjelenítését.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span>. További bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban.<span class="action">Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span>. További bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot nyit meg</span>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.<span class="action">Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot -nyit meg</span>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +nyit meg</span>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">A jelenlegi munkafolyamatot menti</span>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol meglévő folyamatként mentheti a jelenlegit. A következő elemből @@ -79,39 +76,47 @@ tudhatja meg, hogyan kell menteni új folyamatot.<span class="action">A jelenlegi munkafolyamatot menti</span>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol meglévő folyamatként mentheti a jelenlegit. A következő elemből tudhatja meg, hogyan kell menteni új folyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven menti</span>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez.<span class="action">A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven menti</span>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Előzőleg mentett folyamat betöltése</span>. Egy helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a betöltendő folyamatot.<span class="action">Előzőleg mentett folyamat betöltése</span>. Egy helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a betöltendő folyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Mentett folyamat törlése</span>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a törlendő munkafolyamatot.<span class="action">Mentett folyamat törlése</span>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a törlendő munkafolyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Az ablakok elrendezését szabályozza</span>. A megnyíló menü segítségével eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).<span class="action">Az ablakok -elrendezését szabályozza</span>. A megnyíló menü segítségével eldöntheti, -hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> állítsa be -önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Az összes ablakot átlapolja</span> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Az összes ablakot függőleges mozaik elrendezésre váltja</span> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Az összes ablakot vízszintes mozaik elrendezésre váltja</span> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Az összes ablakot bezárja</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Az összes ablakot bezárja</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -129,7 +134,7 @@ ablakát</span>. Itt megtalál mindent, amire szüksége lehet, hogy a <span class="action">Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és kezelheti a könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.<span class="action">Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és kezelheti a -könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -163,4 +168,4 @@ benne a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> verziójáról és a fejleszt! <span class="application">Qt</span> verziójáról és a felhasználási feltételekről.<span class="action">Információs ablakot nyit meg a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> projektről</span>, benne a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> verziójáról és a fejlesztőkről, a <span class="application">Sword</span> verziójáról, a <span class="application">Qt</span> verziójáról és -a felhasználási feltételekről.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Gyorsbillentyűk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +a felhasználási feltételekről.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Gyorsbillentyűk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 900d031..752de20 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Indítási folyamat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indítási folyamat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Indítási folyamat</h2></div></div></div><p>Mikor a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak -betöltése előtt:Mikor a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak betöltése előtt:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Indítási folyamat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indítási folyamat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Indítási folyamat</h2></div></div></div><p>Mikor a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak +betöltése előtt:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Könyvespolc beállítása.</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé a @@ -9,17 +8,8 @@ rendszerében. Csak akkor jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapértelmezett könyvespolc beállítva. Tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"> ezt a részt</a> további információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv telepítése, hogy gyorsan -megismerje a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alap lehetőségeit.<span class="action">Könyvespolc -beállítása.</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé a könyvespolcának -beállítását, hozzáadhat, törölhet munkákat a rendszerében. Csak akkor -jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapértelmezett könyvespolc -beállítva. Tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"> ezt a -részt</a> további információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, -hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv -telepítése, hogy gyorsan megismerje a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alap lehetőségeit.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> +megismerje a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alap lehetőségeit.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> testreszabása</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy -a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.<span class="action"> -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> testreszabása</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy a -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. A program működése</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A program működése</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html index 8366ed4..4fb9d15 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,19 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Bevezetés"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel -az ikonnal:A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből -indíthat, evvel az ikonnal: - </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye írja -be egy terminál ablakba ezt:A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható -parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye írja be egy terminál ablakba ezt: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, -BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepíti -hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)A -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, -BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepíti -hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Egyéni indítások</h3></div></div></div><p>Terminálból indítva lehetősége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon -a <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ:Terminálból -indítva lehetősége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon a -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ: - </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</pre><p>Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt -írja:Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt -írja: - </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>Megjelenítheti a könyvek (bibliai) neveit a saját nyelvén is.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Bevezetés </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Indítási folyamat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel +az ikonnal: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime indítóikon"></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Indításhoz írja be +egy terminál ablakba ezt: + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, +BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges összetevőket telepíti +hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Egyéni indítások</h3></div></div></div><p>Terminálból véletlenszerű verssel így indítható a <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</pre><p>Egy meghatározott verssel induláshoz, mint például a János 3:16 így: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>Használhatja a könyvek neveit saját nyelvén is.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Bevezetés </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Indítási folyamat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html index 97a20b8..4d3a2aa 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver a Sword keretrendszerre alapozva."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545564"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> része</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver a Sword keretrendszerre -alapozva.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezetés</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motiváció</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program működése</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime beállítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545564"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> része</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó +szoftver.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezetés</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program működése</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime beállítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ alapozva.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Content Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Keresési típusok</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">UNICODE betűkészletek</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Bevezetés</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Keresési típusok</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">UNICODE betűkészletek</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Bevezetés</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 37f0526..2b48a91 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ <para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> - <title>Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</title> + <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title> <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 6c7270f..b260712 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo -action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how +action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.</para> </sect2> @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> </tbody> </tgroup> </table></para> - <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has + <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 530abea..556c4b5 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">deze sectie</link>.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">deze sectie</link>.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Sluit BibleTime af.</action> BibleTime zal vragen of u onopgeslagen -wijzigingen naar de harde schijf wilt schrijven.</para> + <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to +write unsaved changes to disk.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ zetten.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -172,23 +172,21 @@ works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> <title> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> </title> + <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> <term> <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a @@ -197,91 +195,153 @@ overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a new session.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> - <guimenu> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask for a new name to save the session to.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> <term> <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu +where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the +opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of +the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it +for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <!--- TODO add submen items here --> +<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + <action>Rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs (achter +elkaar)</action> + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <term> <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> - <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <term> <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png" - format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> - <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it -for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> + <action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>. + </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> @@ -292,6 +352,7 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> + <listitem> <para> <action>Sluit alle geopende vensters</action></para> @@ -299,6 +360,7 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <title> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> @@ -450,149 +512,195 @@ can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</par <tbody> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt; - <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Gaat vooruit in de history van leesvensters</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo> </entry> + <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + </entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> +mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> +</link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Uitzoomen. Dit vermindert de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Inzoomen. Dit vergroot de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Selecteer alles. Dit selecteert alle tekst in de leesvensters.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Kopieëren. Dit kopieert de geselecteerde tekst naar het klembord.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Zoeken. Dit laat u zoeken binnen de tekst van een leesvenster.</entry> </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> windows equivalent. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all currently opened works.</entry> </row> + <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> +</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> - <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl; - <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry>Sluit het huidige venster.</entry> </row> @@ -604,7 +712,7 @@ currently opened works.</entry> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> +</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -614,7 +722,7 @@ currently opened works.</entry> </entry> <entry> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy -Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> +Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -625,7 +733,7 @@ Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf -Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -637,7 +745,7 @@ Manager.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -648,7 +756,7 @@ Manager.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> +</link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html index 9d9fb59..b29ab47 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -7,16 +7,16 @@ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> HotKeys </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be -found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Het gedrag bij het opstarten kan aangepast worden aan de gebruiker. Maak een keuze uit de volgende opties: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Toon opstartlogo</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Hier kunt u specificeren welke talen gebruikt moeten worden voor de bijbelboeknamen. Stel dit op uw moedertaal als deze beschikbaar is en u @@ -31,15 +31,15 @@ in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop d the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Lettertypen installeren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Lettertypen installeren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Lettertypen verkrijgen</h4></div></div></div><p>Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Lettertypen verkrijgen</h4></div></div></div><p>Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online verzamelingen van lettertypen.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different -fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Unicode lettertypen</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode lettertypen" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 4.1. Unicode lettertypen</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode lettertypen" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Misschien het beste gratis Unicode lettertype, welke een groot aantal @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ en Thaise karakters.</td></tr><tr><td> bijbehorende website.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also @@ -73,11 +73,11 @@ have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Sneltoetsen zijn speciale toetsencombinaties die gebruikt kunnen worden in plaats van menu items en iconen. Een aantal van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commando's hebben voorgeprogrammeerde sneltoetsen (zie <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index">deze sectie</a> voor een volledige lijst). Aan de meeste van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commando's kunnen hier sneltoetsen worden toegewezen. Dit is erg handig om snel toegang te hebben tot de -functies die u het meest nodig heeft.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporteren en Printen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Verwijzing</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +functies die u het meest nodig heeft.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporteren en Printen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html index cf621ba..4d4b17d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Introductie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introductie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introductie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers -section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Beschikbare modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Hierin zijn +section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Beschikbare modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Hierin zijn opgenomen: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bijbels</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ Licht op het Dagelijkse Pad) en de Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexi Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivatie</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivatie</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Iedere gave, die goed, en elk geschenk, dat volmaakt is, daalt van boven neder, van de Vader der lichten, bij wie geen verandering is of zweem van -ommekeer.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1:17, NBG51</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Het BibleTime handboek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ommekeer.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1:17, NBG51</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Het BibleTime handboek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index d304c39..aa67ef4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>De Boekenplank Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">De Boekenplank Manager</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>De Boekenplank Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">De Boekenplank Manager</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is "~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Modules installeren/bijwerken</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Modules installeren/bijwerken</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ Boekenplank kunt toevoegen of die reeds geďnstalleerd zijn, maar bijgewerkt kunnen worden omdat er een nieuwe versie beschikbaar is in de bibliotheek. U kunt dan alle modules aanvinken die u wilt installeren of bijwerken en dan klikken op <span class="guibutton">Installeer modules</span>. Ze -zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Module(s) verwijderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules +zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Module(s) verwijderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules van uw Boekenplank te verwijderen om schijfruimte vrij te maken. Vink simpelweg de items aan die u wilt verwijderen en klik op -<span class="guibutton">Verwijder modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +<span class="guibutton">Verwijder modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. - </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Zoeken in modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporteren en Printen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Zoeken in modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporteren en Printen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html index a6e3b84..242b3ea 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporteren en Printen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporteren en Printen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporteren en Printen</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporteren en Printen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporteren en Printen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporteren en Printen</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Afdrukken vanuit <span class="applica hulpfunctie. Als u een document of presentatie samenstelt die tekst bevat uit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> modules, dan raden we u aan om een programma voor presentaties of tekstbewerkingen te gebruiken om uw document op te maken en -niet om direct vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> af te drukken.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">De Boekenplank Manager </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +niet om direct vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> af te drukken.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">De Boekenplank Manager </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 38e79a8..4f0341b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>De Boekenplank</h3></div></div></div><p>De Boekenplank laat alle geďnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>De Boekenplank</h3></div></div></div><p>De Boekenplank laat alle geďnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per categorie en taal. Het heeft ook een categorie genaamd "Bladwijzers". Dit is -de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met +de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met de <span class="mousebutton">linker muisknop</span> klikken op de gewenste categorie (Bijbels, Bijbelcommentaren, Lexicons, Boeken, Overdenkingen of Woordenlijsten) om de inhoud te laten zien. Klik dan op één @@ -11,20 +11,20 @@ passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additionele informatie over modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additionele informatie over modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this -page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Werken met bladwijzers</h4></div></div></div><p> +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Werken met bladwijzers</h4></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</p></div><p> @@ -38,25 +38,25 @@ them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookm folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Het Vergrootglas</h3></div></div></div><p>Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> venster is +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Het Vergrootglas</h3></div></div></div><p>Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> venster is volledig passief. Telkens wanneer uw muisaanwijzer over een stukje tekst met extra informatie gaat (bijv. Strong-nummers), dan wordt deze extra informatie weergegeven in het Vergrootglas en niet in de tekst zelf. Probeer -het maar eens uit.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Het Bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +het maar eens uit.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Het Bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Zoals we al <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Modules lezen">gezien</a> +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Zoals we al <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Modules lezen">gezien</a> hebben, kunt u de te lezen modules simpelweg openen door te klikken op hun symbool in de Boekenplank. Een leesvenster zal worden geopend in het Bureau gebied. Ieder leesvenster heeft een werkbalk. Hier kunt u gereedschappen vinden om te navigeren in de module waarin dit leesvenster is verbonden, -alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Plaatsing van leesvensters</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Plaatsing van leesvensters</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken</h4></div></div></div><p>Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken</h4></div></div></div><p>Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u een bepaalde module uit de bibliotheek van de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a> installeren. Deze module heet "Personal commentary" (Persoonlijk bijbelcommentaar).</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the @@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ text</span>(source code editor) or <span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse -will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Zoeken in modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Zoeken in modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html index a234194..f157306 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Zoeken in modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Zoeken in modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Zoeken in modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Zoeken in modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting -<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>De zoekdialoog benaderen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>De zoekdialoog benaderen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.</p><p>Een derde mogelijkheid om zoekopdrachten te starten is door op het -zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Modules selecteren</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Modules selecteren</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Zoekbereiken gebruiken</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Zoekbereiken gebruiken</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>U kunt jokers gebruiken: '*' komt overeen met elke willekeurige reeks van karakters, terwijl '?' overeenkomt met één willekeurig karakter. Het gebruik @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ van haakjes staat u toe om zoektermen te groeperen, bijv. '(Jezus OR Geest) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Beschikbare typen tekst: - </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Voorvoegsel</th><th>Betekenis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Koptekst:</td><td>doorzoekt kopteksten</td></tr><tr><td>voetnoot:</td><td>doorzoekt voetnoten</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>doorzoekt Strong-nummering</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>doorzoekt morfologische codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Voorvoegsel</th><th>Betekenis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Koptekst:</td><td>doorzoekt kopteksten</td></tr><tr><td>voetnoot:</td><td>doorzoekt voetnoten</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>doorzoekt Strong-nummering</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>doorzoekt morfologische codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Zoekresultaten</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Zoekresultaten</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en die zal verspringen naar dat vers.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers -te maken.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse van zoekresultaten</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis +te maken.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse van zoekresultaten</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> De Boekenplank Manager</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> De Boekenplank Manager</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html index 041b17d..22fa4e6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programma overzicht</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programma overzicht</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de -verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Volgorde van opstartschermen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Volgorde van opstartschermen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index f4bfaf7..a0705de 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,76 +1,92 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sneltoetsen index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sneltoetsen index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Sneltoetsen index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sneltoetsen index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sneltoetsen index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Sneltoetsen index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Hoofdmenu verwijzing">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Sneltoets</th><th>Beschrijving</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span> </td><td>Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span> </td><td>Gaat vooruit in de history van leesvensters</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span> +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span> +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> +mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span> +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> -</a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> +</a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span> </td><td>Uitzoomen. Dit vermindert de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span> </td><td>Inzoomen. Dit vergroot de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span> </td><td>Selecteer alles. Dit selecteert alle tekst in de leesvensters.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span> </td><td>Kopieëren. Dit kopieert de geselecteerde tekst naar het klembord.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span> </td><td>Zoeken. Dit laat u zoeken binnen de tekst van een leesvenster.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> </a> equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> </a> equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> +</a> windows equivalent. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> -</a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span> +</a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span> </td><td>Sluit het huidige venster.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy -Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> +Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf -Manager</span> </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager</span> </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> -</a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Verwijzing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html index 4245a50..d00dede 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Verwijzing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Verwijzing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> File </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> View @@ -10,20 +10,20 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hoofdmenu verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><p>In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hoofdmenu verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><p>In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in het hoofdmenu van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Ze zijn in precies dezelfde volgorde gerangschikt als ze voorkomen in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, met alle sub-items genoemd onder het hoofd-item waartoe ze behoren. U kunt ook de sneltoets voor elk -item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index">deze sectie</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index">deze sectie</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Sluit BibleTime af.</span> BibleTime zal vragen of u onopgeslagen -wijzigingen naar de harde schijf wilt schrijven.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to +write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -45,54 +45,65 @@ vergrootglas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Schakelt de weergave van het Vergrootglas in/uit.</span> Schakel deze instelling in/uit om het Vergrootglas in het linkerpaneel aan/uit te -zetten.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +zetten.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it -for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> +for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs (achter +elkaar)</span> + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Sluit alle geopende vensters</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Sluit alle geopende vensters</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -100,13 +111,13 @@ for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-refer </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your -needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configureer BibleTime Dialoog">this section</a> for +needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">this section</a> for details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -128,4 +139,4 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sneltoetsen index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sneltoetsen index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 01cf803..4879ab3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Volgorde van opstartschermen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Volgorde van opstartschermen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Volgorde van opstartschermen</h2></div></div></div><p>Wanneer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Volgorde van opstartschermen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Volgorde van opstartschermen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Volgorde van opstartschermen</h2></div></div></div><p>Wanneer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het hoofdvenster van <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opent:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> @@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configureer BibleTime Dialoog">the -detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the +detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html index 005b080..1ca26f2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introductie"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Andere window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Andere window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Aanpassing van het opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Aanpassing van het opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introductie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Volgorde van opstartschermen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Volgorde van opstartschermen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html index f392b9c..34ba647 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het BibleTime handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het BibleTime handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> Display </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> Languages @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Settings </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode lettertypen</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introductie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lijst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode lettertypen</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 8e92818..c27225a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 „<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>“</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>“ +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 „<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“ +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 „<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 „<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“ </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html index bfc34be..ca2f0a8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does „<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“ mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“ +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 978832c..551fa4f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с -дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с +дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата -част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html index b03e36d..d15c045 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или -конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф -(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или +конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф +(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index cc5c5ec..da9c092 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или -еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал</p></li><li><p>Авигея</p></li><li><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или +еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал</p></li><li><p>Авигея</p></li><li><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html index f66034f..31a7611 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Четенето & освен ако не ни приближава до Исус Христос. Това от което имаме нужда при четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с Христос.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Подходи към Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Подходи към Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index a603600..039f2cd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Т изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият човек усъвършенствуван, съвършено приготвен за всяко добро дело.</em></span>" Ако приемем, че Библията е Божието Слово, отправено към нас, то следва, че -тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index e53f63e..75acb61 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на истината.</em></span>" @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index e847b06..966d811 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Виждаме, & всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".</p><p>"<span class="emphasis"><em>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете -писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Писанията</p></li><li><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Писанията</p></li><li><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html index b812c0a..f62089d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 3ac9d18..2ce6365 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with 140.</p></li><li><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 291892f..30def33 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p> -Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое? </td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p> +Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое? </td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html index 26b863f..9452f56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p> С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че Библията "<span class="emphasis"><em>действува между вас, вярващите</em></span>". Нека разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26 +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26 </td><td>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото" </td></tr><tr><td> Деяния 20:32 @@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " </td><td> духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html index 747c259..e862251 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! </p></li><li><p> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8 +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 сл. хр.</td><td>1100 сл. хр.</td><td>1000 години</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Галската война</em></span> на Цезар</td><td>50-58 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>950 години</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td>Ливиевата <span class="emphasis"><em>Римска История</em></span></td><td>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>900 години</td><td>20 @@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table b новозаветните текстове са неоспоримо уникални сред останалите древни творби." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html index 3e70115..299c2fb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и Дух"</em></span>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 „<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“ has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index e6c0262..3191131 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but +„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask, +„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 67c1852..9fa9775 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“ in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 „<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 5093f4f..8e72c94 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и -алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава -правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html index 0b1c476..54634b2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 „<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>“</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of @@ -66,4 +66,4 @@ the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html index 493b4f5..30636f5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". @@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и -алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовната броня</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Списък на таблиците</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовната броня</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 522b7c5..8377ac9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 „<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>“</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>“ +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 „<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“ +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 „<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 „<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“ </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 8d0611f..82b1491 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does „<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“ mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“ +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index daeed6b..ba734d8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na -definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, -proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, +proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html index 6f6867b..4576eaf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají -se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají +se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 48e4ff6..cb21dff 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozue</p></li><li><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozue</p></li><li><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html index 5759b6a..4085fe4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 48f7168..0496676 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2Tm 3,16 pok napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a vybavený ke každému dobrému dílu."</em></span> Pokud přijmeme, že Bible je opravdu Bůh mluvící k nám, budeme ji mít jako autoritu ve všech věcech víry -a chování. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +a chování. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index bfc80b4..59c5c5f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně vykládá slovo pravdy."</em></span> (2Tm 2,15) @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index e430bfa..7809a06 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ slova.</p><p>Řecké slovo pro "vítr" v Ef 4,14 má význam <span class="emphas vítr</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená každým větrem učení...</em></span> Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = -děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html index c54852c..bef4c5b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index c3b4cec..37495ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li denně.</p></li><li><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a dva týdny. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html index b030774..48cb471 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p> -V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)? </td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)? </td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html index f18183d..7adc98e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p> Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <span class="emphasis"><em>"slovo Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících."</em></span> Popišme si, co všechno Slovo vykonává. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26 +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26 </td><td>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo." </td></tr><tr><td> Sk 20,32 @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ Mt 4,4 </td><td> sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které vychází z Božích úst.'" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html index 81a6642..b1aaf64 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! </p></li><li><p> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8 +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.l.</td><td>1100 n.l.</td><td>1000 let</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Caesarova <span class="emphasis"><em>Válka Galská</em></span></td><td>50-58 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>950 let</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td>Livyho <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>900 let</td><td>20 @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html index 294da7d..572318f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z Ducha</em></span>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 „<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“ has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 42859a4..90c5f27 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but +„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask, +„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 649ea35..2e7d997 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“ in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 „<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 51451a7..e9f4167 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej -obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html index 0502251..9e31536 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 „<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>“</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of @@ -64,4 +64,4 @@ the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html index fa45496..ce4bbc9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". @@ -15,6 +15,6 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Duchovní zbroj</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Duchovní zbroj</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index e4aa1e0..9f734e1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 “<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort -Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 “<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 „<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 „<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist -nahe.</span>”</p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 “<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne -und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 “<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in +nahe.</span>“</p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 „<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“ +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 „<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so -verhielte.</span>” -</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 “<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +verhielte.</span>“ +</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 „<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, -als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 “<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich -nicht sündige.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 “<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / +als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 „<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich +nicht sündige.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 „<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, -was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>” +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“ </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 8721827..0501ffb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet “<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>”? Gibt der Text +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet „<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>“? Gibt der Text irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? <span class="emphasis"><em>Unsere Absichten!</em></span> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln diesen Gedanken?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“ +today?)</p></li><li><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 796ed08..1996534 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt -wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst +wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten -Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere -Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html index fcd330e..6946599 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter -Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in -1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in +1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index a464100..0055c64 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses heraus.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 “<span class="quote">Richtet -nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>” und 1. Korinther 2,15 -(Lutherbibel von 1545) “<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von -niemand gerichtet.</span>” entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 „<span class="quote">Richtet +nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>“ und 1. Korinther 2,15 +(Lutherbibel von 1545) „<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von +niemand gerichtet.</span>“ entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder -Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html index f6c7c4e..54736de 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie Christus zu finden.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Bibellesepläne </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annäherung an Gottes Wort</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Bibellesepläne </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annäherung an Gottes Wort</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 306029a..efa0036 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. -</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott -eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>”</em></span> Glauben Sie das? +</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott +eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>“</em></span> Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre, zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk -geschickt. </span>”</em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel +geschickt. </span>“</em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie -unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 0973991..7e168b9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p> -2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p> +2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort -der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>”</em></span> +der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>“</em></span> </p><p> -Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren -Herzen. </span>”</em></span> +Herzen. </span>“</em></span> </p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </p><p> Nicht wenig!</p><p> Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Einer für Alle</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Einer für Alle</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index bb1cf12..b8d1760 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -10,6 +10,6 @@ einen <span class="emphasis"><em>gewaltsamen Wind</em></span>. <span class="emph nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</em></span>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der -Folge, dass wir nicht leicht “<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>”.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, “<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil -ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>”</em></span> -Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht „<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>“.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, „<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil +ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>“</em></span> +Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html index 563421b..8519450 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Einer für Alle</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Einer für Alle</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: “<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>”</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Einer für Alle</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Einer für Alle</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: „<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ermahnungen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Bibellesepläne</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ermahnungen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Bibellesepläne</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 893450e..16f9a83 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ lesen.</p></li><li><p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch di Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Einer für Alle </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Einer für Alle </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 15b7e6d..974606e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p> -Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welche? </td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p> +Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welche? </td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html index b87011d..1560282 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p> Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, -dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr -glaubet.</span>” </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit +dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr +glaubet.</span>“ </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit nieder, die das Wort durchführt. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26 -</td><td>es reinigt -- “<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im -Wort...</span>” +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26 +</td><td>es reinigt -- „<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...</span>“ </td></tr><tr><td> Apostelgeschichte 20,32 </td><td> @@ -14,23 +14,23 @@ to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " </td></tr><tr><td> Römer 15,4 </td><td> -es ermutigt -- “<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +es ermutigt -- „<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung -haben. </span>” +haben. </span>“ </td></tr><tr><td> Römer 10,17 </td><td> -es gibt Glauben -- “<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen -aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>” +es gibt Glauben -- „<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“ </td></tr><tr><td> 1. Korinther 10,11 </td><td> -es warnt -- “<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber -geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>” +es warnt -- „<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“ </td></tr><tr><td> Matthäus 4,4 </td><td> -Nahrung -- “<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +Nahrung -- „<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem -Wort Gottes geht."</span>” -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Wort Gottes geht."</span>“ +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html index 36d1852..6d85d5a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! </p></li><li><p> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8 +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.Chr.</td><td>1100 n.Chr.</td><td>1000 Jahre</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischer Krieg</em></span></td><td>50-58 v.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>950 Jahre</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td>Livius' <span class="emphasis"><em>Römische Geschichte</em></span></td><td>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>900 Jahre</td><td>20 @@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table b des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen alten Prosaschriften." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html index 75aef2f..49e05d4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>”</em></span> Im +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>“</em></span> Im Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 “<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der -Gemeindeversammlung</span>” muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von -1. Korinther 11,5 “<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet -[...]</span>” genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 „<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der +Gemeindeversammlung</span>“ muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von +1. Korinther 11,5 „<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet +[...]</span>“ genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index a94ad68..55cfbfe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but +„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask, +„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 5f84cb7..dc9bdf5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der -Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>” in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>“ in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 “<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 „<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 16e27f8..eb4bbe5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen -einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Eine Allegorie ist <span class="emphasis"><em>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine Bedeutung hat.</em></span></p><p>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die -Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der -Sprache </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html index 010ba87..829f9c4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Bestimmung. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Querverweise. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div clas </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie mit dem Öl.</p></li><li><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Querverweise für chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk 4,18 “<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk 4,18 „<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht -bringe...</span>”</p></li><li><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +bringe...</span>“</p></li><li><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist und mit Kraft</p></li><li><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: <span class="emphasis"><em>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day. </p><p>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 -anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im -Namen des Herrn.</span>”</em></span> Ist hier “<span class="quote">salben</span>” geistlich +Namen des Herrn.</span>“</em></span> Ist hier „<span class="quote">salben</span>“ geistlich oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</p><p> And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html index 7848e61..d271741 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". @@ -15,6 +15,6 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen -einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index ff226bd..2a87481 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, -tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja -seuraavat sitä.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka -kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 “<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 ”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +seuraavat sitä.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 ”<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 ”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 ”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 ”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden -sanaa oikein.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi -sinua vastaan.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja +sanaa oikein.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 ”<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi +sinua vastaan.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 ”<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>” </p><p>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat -tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 9b4c89e..25e92d7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se -roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa “<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”? Antaako +roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa ”<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”? Antaako tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? <span class="emphasis"><em>Motiivimme!</em></span> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat</p></li><li><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan “<span class="quote">kuulostaa -trumpetilta</span>” tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan ”<span class="quote">kuulostaa +trumpetilta</span>” tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index c430004..3befaa1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka -määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan -kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin -kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html index d0f0ad3..65ecfe9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai -sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 1bddb39..5076edc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Etsi nämä jakeet: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</p></li><li><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Etsi nämä jakeet: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>”<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</p></li><li><p>”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</p></li><li><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa -"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 “<span class="quote">Älkää -tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>” ja 1 Kor.2:15 “<span class="quote">Hengellinen +"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 ”<span class="quote">Älkää +tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>” ja 1 Kor.2:15 ”<span class="quote">Hengellinen ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan voi tutkia.</span>” Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</p></li><li><p>Nyt katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) -Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien -merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joosua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joosua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html index 09514c5..63889e1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat “<span class="quote">Menemme +</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat ”<span class="quote">Menemme kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]</p><p>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansio vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme Kristuksen.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index e92727a..ea7f4df 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja toimii... </em></span>" Jeesus sanoi <span class="emphasis"><em>(Matt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</em></span>" Kun luemme @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 mu ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä.</em></span>" Jos hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa, -että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 3f694b3..5827098 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tim.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden sanaa oikein.</em></span>" @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää ruumiin.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 89ca3ab..f03637b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p> Joh.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä vapaita.</em></span>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</em></span>"Yksi asia, minkä Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Te kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan -voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html index c3f6ebc..63002ba 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> auktoriteetiksemme ja <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> pelastukseksemme.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 4582aab..02041bd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta pitääksesi sen tuoreena! @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalmit & Sananlasku yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 2e8143a..9ce419b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä? </td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä? </td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html index d598aff..3f4d2b0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p> Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu "<span class="emphasis"><em>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</em></span>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 </td><td>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla." </td></tr><tr><td> Apt 20:32 @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ Matt. 4:4 </td><td> ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html index 62b996d..f53ae8c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista -oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen +oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen seuraavissa asioissa:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat luotettavia?</em></span> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden muinaisten tekstien kanssa: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8 +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 jKr.</td><td>1100 jKr.</td><td>1000 vuotta</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen sota</em></span></td><td>50-58 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>950 vuotta</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td>Livyn <span class="emphasis"><em>Rooman historia</em></span></td><td>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>900 vuotta</td><td>20 @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään? tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten proosatekstien joukossa." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span> s. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Life</em></span> s. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html index dab129f..8b2dde8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan -jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja +jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja Hengestä."</em></span> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä asiayhteydessään?</p><p>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on -näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>” on otettu -raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 “<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...] -rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 “<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin +näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 ”<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>” on otettu +raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 ”<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...] +rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 ”<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi [...] " </span>”. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan evankeliumia"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index a32165a..3da14c9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p> -Emme kysy ensiksi “<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>” vaan “<span class="quote">Mitä +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p> +Emme kysy ensiksi ”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>” vaan ”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</span>”; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, -“<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon -kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia +”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon +kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> ”<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia "Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta -poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin +poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella -sopimuksella.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +sopimuksella.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html index f32a9dc..e8527db 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla -kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>” Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla +kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>”<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>” Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö 2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä -oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, “<span class="quote">evil +oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, ”<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</em></span>" Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä -ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 “<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 ”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 ”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää heidät.</span>”</p><p> Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin (<span class="emphasis"><em>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</em></span> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden -tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 “<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet +tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 ”<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja -kilpi.</span>”. W.M. sanoi, “<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte +kilpi.</span>”. W.M. sanoi, ”<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</span>”. Mormonien oli naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 948e4c2..02bdcce 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan -välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</h2></div></div></div><p>Vertauskuva on: <span class="emphasis"><em>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, -jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</p><p>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun -puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </p><p>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei -kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html index d9dd5e5..4a543ad 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV ”<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ”<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille -selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen +selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen merkitys näillä askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li><p><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <span class="emphasis"><em>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla -voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, +voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</em></span>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 ”<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut julistamaan [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" on öljyn jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</em></span></p><p>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html index 297a8f0..97d3fda 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on lisensioitu "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä. @@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan -välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Hengellinen sotavaruste</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Hengellinen sotavaruste</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 57358c7..e43bc4c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Luc 11:28 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et -qui la gardent !"</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalypse 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Luc 11:28 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et +qui la gardent !"</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalypse 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Timothée.4:13 <span class="emphasis"><em>"appliques toi ŕ la lecture [des Écritures]..."</em></span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Actes 17:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Actes 17:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait était exact."</em></span> </p><p>2 Timothée.2:15 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Efforces toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point ŕ rougir, qui -dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.119:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas -pécher contre toi."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.1:2-3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de +dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.119:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas +pécher contre toi."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.1:2-3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit! Il est comme un arbre planté prčs d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit."</em></span> @@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit."</em></span> fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html index f3ae506..1086b7f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as @@ -6,5 +6,5 @@ Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li> exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li><p>Quand tu jeűnes</p></li><li><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone « <span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span> » +today?)</p></li><li><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 133ac3b..156f6d9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne -signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la +signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la rčgle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmis la structure du passage -entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les verset ŕ propos de ce thčme ŕ travers l'ensemble de la Bible +entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les verset ŕ propos de ce thčme ŕ travers l'ensemble de la Bible ? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente -face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html index 62829a9..7f3402d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thčme et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans -Genčse 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thčme et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans +Genčse 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 821f24a..f343ec3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</p></li><li><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouver ces versets : -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</p></li><li><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouver ces versets : +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</p></li><li><p>« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</p></li><li><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés." et 1 Cor.2:15 "L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout..."? Peut-ętre y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (ŕ partir de maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Recherche du mot "jugés".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</p></li><li><p>Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>Ŕ l'aide de la męme méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des -nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigaďl</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>Ŕ l'aide de la męme méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigaďl</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html index 5c9772b..5315a68 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matičres</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +said « <span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span> »; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. Ŕ chaque fois que nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'ŕ travers elle nous pouvons rencontrer Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approche de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approche de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index b2770b6..bb47ceb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Timothée 3 convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme de Dieu soit accompli et propre ŕ toute bonne oeuvre.</em></span>" Si nous admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle -doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index e8027e2..522f836 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Timothée 2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Efforces toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point ŕ rougir, qui dispense droitement la parole de la vérité.</em></span>" @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 80ba71e..051f319 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libčre</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libčre</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libčre</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libčre</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libčre</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libčre</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas facilement "emportés".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> Jésus leur répondit : </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Vous ętes dans l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de Dieu.</em></span>"Matthieu.22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour ętre préservés de -l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html index cc76a82..ef9115b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 99329b3..b0914da 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ exemple le vingtičme jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les psaumes & proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html index eadb07b..04874ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libčre"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p> -Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ? </td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libčre </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libčre"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p> +Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ? </td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libčre </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html index 31f3166..9bbf9bd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libčre"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libčre"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p> Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Thessaloniciens 2:13 affirme que la Bible "<span class="emphasis"><em>...agit en vous qui croyez.</em></span>" Ŕ coté de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26 +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26 </td><td>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, aprčs l'avoir purifiée par le baptęme d'eau..." </td></tr><tr><td> @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ Matt 4:4 </td><td> nourriture -- "Jésus répondit: Il est écrit: L'homme ne vivra pas de pain seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libčre</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libčre</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html index 6cc78c8..1641044 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libčre</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matičres</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libčre</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! </p></li><li><p> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ouvrage</th><th>Date d'écriture</th><th>Copie la plus ancienne</th><th>Période écoulée</th><th>Nombre de copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodote</td><td>448-428 avant J.C.</td><td>900 aprčs J.C.</td><td>1300 ans</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacite</td><td>100 aprčs J.C.</td><td>1100 aprčs J.C.</td><td>1000 ans</td><td>20 @@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table b textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement ŕ part parmis les autres écrits en prose anciens." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html index 224a6f1..708c7a2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît d'eau et d'Esprit..."</em></span> D'aprčs le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont on parle ici ?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les assemblées"</em></span> doit ętre considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Corinthiens 11:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui -prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 « <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span> ». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index ecebcd0..476212b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking « <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> » but +« <span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span> »; later we can ask, +« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> ». We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> « <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> » (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html index dae9ace..c4e8bf2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span>” dans Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>« <span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span> » dans Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, « <span class="quote">evil eye</span> ». Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 « <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</p><p>Deut.33:27 « <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 « <span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span> ». W.M. said, « <span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span> ». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 2e1585d..a707a69 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une -parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Une allégorie est : <span class="emphasis"><em>Une histoire oů chaque élément ŕ une signification.</em></span></p><p>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé ŕ -protéger les droits des veuves, les pričres "L'embętent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +protéger les droits des veuves, les pričres "L'embętent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html index 9f02d99..abba70a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rčgle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matičres</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rčgle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV « <span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span> »). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 « <span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rčgle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rčgle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div clas </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeűnes, parfume ta tęte</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetčrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : "oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. </p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Références croisées de chrio - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour -annoncer [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 « <span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...]</span> »</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthčse des différences : ALEIPHO DÉSIGNE L'USAGE PRATIQUE DE L'HUILE ET CHRIO L'USAGE SPIRITUEL</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of @@ -68,4 +68,4 @@ the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html index e11a792..d09b8c0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545542"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545542"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". @@ -15,6 +15,6 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libčre</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rčgle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une -parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes -anciens.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">L'armure spirituelle</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matičres</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libčre</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rčgle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Liste des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">L'armure spirituelle</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index a5f5f4d..ea89eda 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title> <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>A szándĂ©kunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</title> +<title>A szándĂ©kunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</title> <para> <blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>Tudakozzátok az Ărásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök Ă©letetek; Ă©s ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rĂłlam; És nem akartok @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ Istennel valĂł szövetsĂ©gĂ©rt. <blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> <para>A zsidĂłk, akiknek JĂ©zus beszĂ©lt [...] ha birtokolni az ĂŤrást, ugyanannyi, -mintha birtokolnáknák az Ă©letet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki -befogadta a TĂłra szavait, befogadta a világba jövĹ‘ Ă©letet." Ez a fajta +mintha birtokolnák az Ă©letet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta +a TĂłra szavait, befogadta a világba jövĹ‘ Ă©letet." Ez a fajta tanulmányozás öncĂ©lĂş. És ebben Ĺ‘k keservesen csalĂłdtak. [...]</para> <para>Sem nem Ă©rdem, sem nem nyeresĂ©g az ĂŤrást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha tĂ©nylegesen bemutatja JĂ©zus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvashatĂł, @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ Krisztussal.</para> </blockquote> </sect1> -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</title> +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title> <para>Hallgatni Ă©s olvasni az igĂ©t csak egy távlati nĂ©zetet ad, mĂg tanulmányozni -Ă©s memorizálni azt már mikroszkĂłpikus betekintĂ©st enged az +Ă©s memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintĂ©st enged az ĂŤrásba. ElmĂ©lkedni az Ărásokon egyĂĽtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, tanulmányozást Ă©s memorizálást, Ă©s ez ragasztja az IgĂ©t az elmĂ©nkbe.</para> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ szĂłszedetek alapján.</para> meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</para> </sect2> -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>szövegkörnyezet</title> +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Szövegkörnyezet</title> <para>A környezetĂ©ben lĂ©vĹ‘ versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a király" ez a szabály -- a rĂ©sz Ă©rtelmĂ©nek egyeznie kell a teljes szakasszal Ă©s könyvvel.</para> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 3d34ff6..c1297c4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ dokumentumai?</emphasis> műve összehasonlĂtja az ĂšjszövetsĂ©g kĂ©ziratait m </tbody></tgroup></table> <para>CĂ©zár <emphasis>Gall háborĂşjábĂłl</emphasis> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 Ă©vvel kĂ©sĹ‘bbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Ăšjtestamentum hiánytalan -pĂ©ldánya 350-bĹ‘l, több papirusztekercs, mely az Ăšjtestamentum töredĂ©kes +pĂ©ldánya 350-bĹ‘l, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Ăšjtestamentum töredĂ©kes szövegĂ©t tartalmazza a 200-as Ă©vekbĹ‘l, mĂg János evangĂ©liumának töredĂ©keit Kr.u. 130-bĂłl datálhatĂł. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>F.J.A. Hort, "Az ĂšjszövetsĂ©g eredeti görögben" szövegkritikája Ărja, 1.kötet -561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idĂ©zve az <emphasis>Élet KĂ©rdĂ©sei</emphasis> -25-26. oldalán </attribution><para>"Az eredetisĂ©g Ă©s a teljessĂ©g a bizonyĂtĂ©k arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az +<blockquote><attribution>F.J.A. Hort, "Az ĂšjszövetsĂ©g eredeti görögben" szöveg kritikája Ărja, +1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idĂ©zve az <emphasis>Élet +KĂ©rdĂ©sei</emphasis> 25-26. oldalán </attribution><para>"Az eredetisĂ©g Ă©s a teljessĂ©g a bizonyĂtĂ©k arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az ĂšjszövetsĂ©g alapszik, abszolĂşt Ă©s megközelĂthetetlenĂĽl egyedĂĽlállĂł a többi Ĺ‘si prĂłzai irat között." </para></blockquote> </sect1> @@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ tekintĂ©ly a hitĂĽnk Ă©s a magaviseletĂĽnk minden terĂĽletĂ©n. </para> <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title> <para> -Mit tesz önĂ©rt a Bibliatanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy +Mit tesz önĂ©rt a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy "<emphasis>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</emphasis>" Minden Ărás mellĂ© jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. </para> <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyĂ©nekĂ©rt?</title> +<title>Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyĂ©nekĂ©rt?</title> <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ benneteket, Ă©s öröksĂ©get adhat nektek a szentek között." RĂłm. 15:4 </entry> <entry> -vĂgasztal -- "ĂŤrásokbĂłl tĂĽrelmet Ă©s vigasztalást merĂtve remĂ©nykedjĂĽnk." +vigasztal -- "ĂŤrásokbĂłl tĂĽrelmet Ă©s vigasztalást merĂtve remĂ©nykedjĂĽnk." </entry> </row> @@ -193,114 +193,118 @@ hanem minden igĂ©vel, amely Isten szájábĂłl származik.'" <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>A könyv ami megszabadĂt</title> <para> -Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </emphasis>"</para> -<para>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</para> +Jn. 8:32 "<emphasis>És megismeritek az igazságot, Ă©s az igazság szabadokká +tesz titeket.</emphasis>" Ezt az igĂ©t önmagában is szokták +idĂ©zni. FeltĂ©teles, vagy feltĂ©tel nĂ©lkĂĽli az ĂgĂ©ret? Használni kell a tudás +összes formáját? A válasz a mondat elsĹ‘ felĂ©ben van, a 31. versben: +"<emphasis>Ha ti megmaradtok az Ă©n beszĂ©demben, bizonynyal az Ă©n +tanĂtványaim vagytok;</emphasis>"</para> +<para>Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltĂ©teles ĂgĂ©ret, azaz szĂłlni kell Isten +igĂ©jĂ©nek igazságát.</para> -<para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent -wind.</emphasis> "<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, -tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of -doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> +<para>A "szĂ©l" jelentĂ©sű görög szĂł, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel, +<emphasis>erĹ‘szakos szĂ©l.</emphasis> "<emphasis> Az, hogy nem vagyunk +gyermekek, azt eredmĂ©nyezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, vĂ©dve +vagyunk a tanĂtások akármi szelĂ©tĹ‘l...</emphasis>" Egyik dolog, amit az Ige +tanulmányozása tesz Ă©rtĂĽnk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszĂĽnk +könnyen "elfĂşjhatĂłk."</para> -<para><emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>"<emphasis>You are -mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para> -<para>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</para> +<para><emphasis>De JĂ©zus Ăgy válaszolt Ă©s mondta nekik,</emphasis> +"<emphasis>TĂ©velyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az Ărásokat, sem az +Istennek hatalmát.</emphasis>" Mt. 22:29</para> +<para>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessĂĽnk el hibát?</para> <itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>God's word</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>God's power </para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Isten igĂ©je</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Isten hatalma </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </sect1> -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A Book that Wars</title> +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title> <para> -Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</para> +Ef. 6:10-18 kĂ©pet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetĂĽnkrĹ‘l.</para> <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Spiritual Armor</title> +<title>Szellemi páncĂ©l</title> <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> -<entry>Question</entry> -<entry>Answer</entry> +<entry>KĂ©rdĂ©s</entry> +<entry>Válasz</entry> </row></thead> <tbody> -<row><entry>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>How many are offensive?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> -<row><entry>Which one(s)? </entry><entry>the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +<row><entry>Mennyi vĂ©delmi fegyver van felsorolva?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Mennyi támadĂł?</entry><entry>Egy</entry></row> +<row><entry>Melyik(ek)? </entry><entry>az ige - <foreignphrase>rĂ©ma</foreignphrase></entry></row> </tbody></tgroup></table> </sect1> -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exhortations</title> +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>BátorĂtás</title> <para> -2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a -workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</emphasis>" +2 Tim. 2:15 " <emphasis> IgyekezzĂ©l, hogy Isten elĹ‘tt becsĂĽletesen megállj, +mint oly munkás, a ki szĂ©gyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az +igazságnak beszĂ©dĂ©t.</emphasis>" </para> <para> -Col.3:16 "<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all -wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and -spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</emphasis>" +Kol. 3:16 "<emphasis>A Krisztusnak beszĂ©de lakozzĂ©k ti bennetek gazdagon, +minden bölcsessĂ©gben; tanĂtván Ă©s intvĂ©n egymást zsoltárokkal, +dicsĂ©retekkel, lelki Ă©nekekkel, hálával zengedezvĂ©n a ti szĂvetekben az +Ăšrnak.</emphasis>" </para> -<para>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have? </para> +<para>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belĹ‘le? </para> <para> -Not a little!</para> +Nem kevĂ©s!</para> <para> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</emphasis>" +PrĂ©d. 12:13-14 "<emphasis>A bölcseknek beszĂ©dei hasonlatosak az ösztökĂ©hez, +Ă©s mint a szegek, erĹ‘sen le vannak verve a gyĂĽlekezetek tanĂtĂłinak szavai; +melyek egy pásztortĂłl adattak. MindezekbĹ‘l, fiam, intessĂ©l meg: a sok +könyvek Ărásának nincs vĂ©ge, Ă©s a sok tanulás fáradságára van a +testnek.</emphasis>" </para> </sect1> -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title> +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>FĂĽggelĂ©k: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title> <blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and -<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozĂł,</emphasis> InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>Az igazságot Isten kezdemĂ©nyezĂ©sĂ©nek vĂ©glegessĂ©gĂ©rĹ‘l Krisztusban egy szĂł +hordozza a görög ĂšjszövetsĂ©gben, nevezetesen a +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> Ă©s az +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase> határozĂłszĂł. Ezt Ăşgy fordĂtják: +egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentĂ©ssel. Ăšgy használva, hogy ami +elvĂ©geztetett, az örökre Ă©rvĂ©nyes, Ă©s soha nem kell megismĂ©telni, Ă©s ezt +alkalmazzák az ĂšSZ-ben, mint megváltás Ă©s kinyilatkoztatás. ĂŤgy JĂşdás +apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (JĂşd. 3), Ă©s a +RĂłmai levĂ©l is mondja "<emphasis>a bűnnek halt meg egyszer</emphasis>" +(RĂłm. 6:10; lásd mĂ©g: 1 PĂ©t. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28). </para> <para> +ĂŤgy mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszĂ©lt egyszer, s mindenkorra Ă©s Krisztus +szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiĂ©rt. Ezt jelenti, hogy a +Krisztusi kijelentĂ©s, Ă©s Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban +teljesedett be. Semmi sem adhatĂł hozzá, anĂ©lkĂĽl, hogy lekicsinyelnĂ©nk +Krisztust... Ez az a kĂ©t szikla, amin a protestáns reformáciĂł alapul -- +Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevĂ©tele nĂ©lkĂĽl, +Krisztus pedig bevĂ©gezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevĂ©tele +nĂ©lkĂĽl. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> a fenhatĂłságunkat illetve, Ă©s a +<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> a megváltásunkat tekintve</para> </blockquote> </sect1> -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>KiegĂ©szĂtĂ©s: Biblia olvasási programok</title> <para> Itt találhatĂł nĂ©hány egyszerű leĂrás, melynek segĂtsĂ©gĂ©vel rendszerszerűen +olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, pĂ©ldául #1 +Ă©s a #4 program, vagy a #2 Ă©s az #5 egyĂĽtt. Változtassa a programját Ă©vrĹ‘l +Ă©vre, hogy friss legyen az Ige! </para> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to -the day of the month.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance -on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one -chapter per day.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one -chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you -will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. +<listitem><para>ĂšjszövetsĂ©g egy Ă©v alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy +hĂ©ten.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>PĂ©ldabeszĂ©dek egy hĂłnap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak +megfelelĹ‘en.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Zsoltárok egy hĂłnap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponkĂ©nt, +pĂ©ldául 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Zsoltárok Ă©s PĂ©ldabeszĂ©dek 6 hĂłnap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat Ă©s a +PĂ©ldabeszĂ©deket egy fejezetenkĂ©nt, naponta.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Ă“szövetsĂ©g Zsoltárok Ă©s PĂ©ldabeszĂ©dek nĂ©lkĂĽl 2 Ă©v alatt: ha egy fejezetet +olvas naponta sz Ă“szövetsĂ©gbĹ‘l, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat Ă©s a PĂ©ldabeszĂ©deket, +sikerĂĽl teljesen elolvasni 2 Ă©v Ă©s 2 hĂ©t alatt. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> </sect1> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 13b5880..d0b5416 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,260 +1,265 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>A Biblia Ă©rtelmezĂ©sĂ©nek szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title> +<para>Már tanultunk a hármas szabályrĂłl: jelentĂ©s, környezet, +kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnĂ©nk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai +hermeneutikába valĂł rövid bevezetĂ©ssel, aminek a cĂ©lja, hogy felfedezzĂĽk az +eredeti szerzĹ‘ szándĂ©kának jelentĂ©sĂ©t (Ă©s a SzerzĹ‘Ă©t !). MĂg a szakaszok +alkalmazása sok lehet, addig Ă©rtelmezĂ©sĂĽket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga +az Ărás mondja, hogy egyetlen szĂł sem támad az igĂ©ben saját magyarázatbĂłl (2 +PĂ©t. 1:20 <quote> Tudván elĹ‘ször azt, hogy az Ărásban egy prĂłfĂ©tai szĂł sem +támad saját magyarázatbĂłl.</quote>). Bizonyos szabályok segĂtenek a helyes +megĂ©rtĂ©s felfedezĂ©se felĂ©, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellĹ‘zĂ©se az emberek +számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak Ă©s követĹ‘iknek is. 2 PĂ©t. 3: 16 +<quote>a melyekben vannak nĂ©mely nehezen Ă©rthetĹ‘ dolgok, a miket a +tudatlanok Ă©s állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyĂ©b Ărásokat is, a +magok vesztĂ©re.</quote></para> -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> +<para>Hogyan fedezhetjĂĽk akkor fel az eredeti jelentĂ©st? Mondjuk fordĂtson +figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? +Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</para> -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</title> -<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</para> +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>1. szabály - Ă©rtelmezĂ©s a szavak egzakt jelentĂ©se alapján</title> +<para>LegprecĂzebbek akkor lehetĂĽnk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentĂ©sĂ©t vesszĂĽk a +szavaknak. PrĂłbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentĂ©sĂ©t megtalálni a következĹ‘ +lĂ©pĂ©sek követĂ©sĂ©vel:</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definition</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</para> + <formalpara><title>DefinĂciĂł</title> + <para>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy hĂ©ber szĂłtárban. Az igĂ©knĂ©l az +igeidĹ‘ is döntĹ‘ fontosságĂş.</para> </formalpara> </listitem> <listitem> <formalpara><title>Kereszthivatkozások</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + <para>HasonlĂtsa össze az ĂŤrást az ĂŤrással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög +vagy hĂ©ber szĂł (nem a magyar fordĂtás) elĹ‘fordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy Ăşj +megvilágĂtásba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerzĹ‘ hogyan +használta a szĂłt máshol? Más szerzĹ‘k? A hivatkozási segĂ©dletek adhatnak mĂ©g +Ă©rtelmezĂ©si segĂtsĂ©get a szĂł használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben +is. MiĂ©rt kell nekĂĽnk eredeti nyelven is megnĂ©znĂĽnk, miĂ©rt nem elĂ©g a +magyar? <emphasis>AzĂ©rt mert több görög szĂłnak lehet ugyanaz a magyar +fordĂtása, Ă©s a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltĂ©rĹ‘ jelentĂ©sárnyalata +is.</emphasis></para> </formalpara> </listitem> </orderedlist> -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Example 1A</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>1A pĂ©lda</title> +<para>Jn. 20:17 <emphasis>"Ne Ă©rints"</emphasis> kemĂ©nyen hangzik, nem? Ăšgy +hangzik, mintha JĂ©zus nem akarta volna, hogy Ă©rintsĂ©k most, hogy feltámadt, +mintha tĂşl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ăm ez korántsem helyes feltevĂ©s, +nĂ©zzĂĽnk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991). művĂ©ben.</para> -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para>Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben találhatĂł szĂł "Ă©rints" mellett a pim680 +számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -fĂ©le görög szĂłtárra hivatkozik: "680: +haptomai a hapto származĂ©ka (681), Ă©rints. Pontos jelentĂ©se tartani +valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... MegkĂĽlönböztetendĹ‘ a pselaphao +(5584) szĂłtĂłl, melynek jelentĂ©se valaminek a felszĂnĂ©t Ă©rinteni. Most nĂ©zzĂĽk +a pim jelentĂ©sĂ©t: Present Imperative Active: "AktĂv beszĂ©d, utasĂtást adhat +valaminek a jövĹ‘beli megcselekvĂ©sĂ©re, tagadĂł mĂłdban valamilyen cselekedet +befejezĂ©sĂ©re." Ez itt egy negatĂv parancs, vagyis felszĂłlĂtás arra, hogy +fejezĹ‘djön be valami, ami Ă©ppen törtĂ©nik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </para> <para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> </section> -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>1B pĂ©lda</title> +<para>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <emphasis>HĂvja magához a gyĂĽlekezet vĂ©neit, Ă©s +imádkozzanak felette, megkenvĂ©n Ĺ‘t olajjal az Ăšrnak nevĂ©ben.</emphasis> Mi +ez a megkenĂ©s?</para> +<para>Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szĂłtár), de van egy másik szĂł is +amit a "megken" szĂłval fordĂthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni, +bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni" +(Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidĹ‘t is, "apta" befejezett +mellĂ©knĂ©vi igenĂ©v, ami egyszerű cselekmĂ©nyre utal, az igĂ©hez valĂł viszonya +szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belĂĽli +fĹ‘igĂ©t megelĹ‘zĹ‘en a cselekmĂ©ny befejezĹ‘dött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</para> <itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: +<listitem><para>Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bĹ‘jtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvĂ©n, megkenjĂ©k +Ĺ‘t.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk 6:13 Ă©s olajjal sok beteget megkennek Ă©s meggyĂłgyĂtnak vala.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk. 7:38 [...] csĂłkolgatá az Ĺ‘ lábait, Ă©s megkenĂ© drága kenettel.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkenĂ© a JĂ©zus lábait, Ă©s megtörlĂ© annak lábait a +saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelĂ©k a kenet illatával.</para></listitem> </orderedlist></para> </listitem> -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: +<listitem><para>Chrio kereszthivatkozásai: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk. 4:28 <quote>Az Ăšrnak lelke van Ă©n rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy +a szegĂ©nyeknek az evangyĂ©liomot hirdessem [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a JĂ©zus ellen, a kit +felkentĂ©l, [...]</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti JĂ©zust, mint kenĂ© fel Ĺ‘t az Isten Szent LĂ©lekkel Ă©s +hatalommal, </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</para></listitem> </orderedlist></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> -<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the -cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> +<para>Vagyis mi a kĂĽlönbsĂ©g az aleipho Ă©s a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a +kereszthivatkozásokra Ă©s definĂciĂłkra Ă©s foglaljuk össze a kĂĽlönbsĂ©get: +<emphasis>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata, +"chrio" pedig a szellemi</emphasis></para> -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. +<para>Egy pĂ©ldázat (bár a szĂł nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatárĂłl +abban az idĹ‘ben, a jĂł szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert +emberrĹ‘l, olajat Ă©s bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyĂłgyszer volt abban +az idĹ‘ben. </para> -<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 -<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; -and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> +<para>Akkor használjuk azt, amit Ă©ppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetĂ©re +<emphasis>Beteg-Ă© valaki köztetek? HĂvja magához a gyĂĽlekezet vĂ©neit, Ă©s +imádkozzanak felette, megkenvĂ©n Ĺ‘t olajjal az Ăšrnak nevĂ©ben.</emphasis> A +"megkenvĂ©n" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati! </para> <para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! +Tehát a görög igeidĹ‘ szerint is a megkenvĂ©n helyesebben fordĂtva talán "már +megkenve" vagyis a sorrend szerint elĹ‘bb megkenni, majd imádkozni "az Ăšrnak +nevĂ©ben" vagyis az ima törtĂ©nik az Ăšr nevĂ©ben, nem a +megkenetĂ©s. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vĂ©nek elĹ‘bb adjanak +orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegĂ©rt az Ăšr nevĂ©ben. Ugye milyen világos +az egyensĂşlya a gyakorlatinak Ă©s a szelleminek a mi Urunkban! </para> </section> </section> <section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</para> +<title>2. szabály - Ă©rtelmezĂ©s a bibliai szövegkörnyezetĂ©ben</title> +<para>Értelmezze az Ărást az Ărással valĂł harmĂłniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi +a fejezet tĂ©mája? a könyvĂ©? Az ön Ă©rtelmezĂ©se egyezik vele? Ha nem, az +baj. Ăltalában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szĂĽksĂ©ges a szakasz +helyes Ă©rtelmezĂ©sĂ©hez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad +bennĂĽnk, miután megprĂłbáltuk Ă©rtelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetĂ©ben, +tovább kell keresnĂĽnk.</para> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Example 2A</title> -<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the -Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>2A pĂ©lda</title> +<para>Az elĹ‘zĹ‘ leckĂ©ben tekintettĂĽk meg a Jn. 3:5 <emphasis>"szĂĽletik vĂztĹ‘l Ă©s +LĂ©lektĹ‘l"</emphasis> igĂ©t. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a vĂz, amit itt jelez?</para> +<para>Nem a vĂzkeresztsĂ©g kĂ©rdĂ©sĂ©rĹ‘l beszĂ©l itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arrĂłl a +tĂ©márĂłl, amirĹ‘l JĂ©zus Ă©s NikodĂ©mus beszĂ©l. tekintsĂĽnk el a hirtelen +tĂ©maváltástĂłl, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az Ă©rtelmezĂ©s fĂ©lresiklott! A vĂz a +magzatvĂz, "szĂĽletni vĂztĹ‘l" = termĂ©szetes szĂĽletĂ©s.</para> </section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Example 2B</title> -<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>2B pĂ©lda</title> +<para>1 Kor. 14:34 <quote> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a +gyĂĽlekezetekben,</quote> egyĂĽtt vizsgálandĂł az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel <quote>Minden +asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prĂłfĂ©tál, [...]</quote></para> </section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Example 2C</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>2C pĂ©lda</title> +<para>ApCsel 2:38 <quote> PĂ©ter pedig monda nĂ©kik: "TĂ©rjetek meg Ă©s +keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a JĂ©zus Krisztusnak nevĂ©ben a bűnöknek +bocsánatjára; "</quote>. Ez a rĂ©sz a bemerĂtĂ©s/keresztelĂ©s általi +ĂşjjászĂĽletĂ©srĹ‘l szĂłl? Ha ez az egyetlen igerĂ©sz állna rendelkezĂ©sĂĽnkre, +levonhatnánk ezt a következtetĂ©st. Ăm a tiszta tanĂtás fĂ©nyĂ©ben máshol az +ĂşjjászĂĽletĂ©s Krisztusban valĂł hit által törtĂ©nik meg, ahogy máskĂĽlönben +megĂ©rthettĂĽk. PĂ©ter sĂĽrgetĂ©se a bemerĂtkezĂ©sre/keresztelĂ©sre egy mĂłd arra +tekintve, hogy a hallgatĂłsága válaszoljon az örömhĂrre. Ha a +bemerĂtĂ©s/keresztelĂ©s lenne az Ăşt az ĂşjjászĂĽletĂ©shez, hogyan Ărhatta Pál az +1 Kor. 1:17 -ben<emphasis> Mert nem azĂ©rt kĂĽldött engem a Krisztus, hogy +kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyĂ©liomot hirdessem</emphasis>? </para> </section> </section> <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title> +<title>3. szabály - Ă©rtelmezĂ©s a törtĂ©nelmi Ă©s kulturális környezetben</title> <para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but -<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, -<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> +ElĹ‘ször ne azt kĂ©rdezzĂĽk <quote> Mit jelent ez számomra</quote>, hanem +<quote>Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasĂłi számára?</quote> Csak ez után +tegyĂĽk fel a kĂ©rdĂ©st: <quote>Mit jelent ez számomra?</quote> Be kell +tekintenĂĽnk a szerzĹ‘ Ă©s hallgatĂłsága törtĂ©nelmi Ă©s kulturális hátterĂ©be.</para> -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Example 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</para> +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>3A pĂ©lda</title><para> <quote>Három nap Ă©s három Ă©jjel</quote> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a +"Szerdai keresztre feszĂtĂ©s elmĂ©lete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong +kultusz követĹ‘it. Hogyan halhatott meg JĂ©zus pĂ©ntek dĂ©lután, Ă©s támadhatott +fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három" +Ă©s "nap" szĂł szerint vĂ©tele nem segĂt a láthatĂł ellentmondás feloldásában.</para> +<para>SzĂĽksĂ©gĂĽnk lesz egy kis törtĂ©nelmi csemegĂ©re: A zsidĂł nĂ©p bármely rĂ©szĂ©t a +napnak teljes napkĂ©nt számolták, Ăşgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a +vizesvödröket rĂ©szben. (ha hat Ă©s fĂ©l vödör vizĂĽnk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7 +vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik fĂ©lig tele). UgyanĂgy a zsidĂłk a megkezdett +napszakokat is teljes napkĂ©nt számolták, Ă©s a napok este 6-kor kezdĹ‘dtek, Ă©s +este 6-kor vĂ©gzĹ‘dtek. ĂŤgy pĂ©ntek dĂ©lután 3-6 : elsĹ‘ nap. PĂ©ntek este 6 -tĂłl +szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tĂłl vasárnap reggel 5-ig a +harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megĂ©rtĂ©se megkĂmĂ©lhet a bajoktĂłl.</para> </section> -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Example 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</para> +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>3B pĂ©lda</title><para>1 MĂłz. 15:7-21. Ăbrahám idejĂ©ben az állatok kettĂ©hasĂtása, majd a rĂ©szek +között áthaladás megszokott mĂłdja volt a szövetsĂ©gek megkötĂ©sĂ©nek. Mindegyik +fĂ©l átsĂ©tált a rĂ©szek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez törtĂ©njen vele is, +ha nem a szövetsĂ©g szerint Ă©l. Ăm ebben az esetben csak az Ăšr sĂ©tált +keresztĂĽl, Ăgy ez egyoldalĂş szövetsĂ©g.</para> </section> </section> -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>4. szabály - Ă©rtelmezĂ©s a szavak hĂ©tköznapi Ă©rtelmĂ©ben</title> +<para>A szĂł szerinti nyelvet szĂł szerint, a jelkĂ©pes nyelvet jelkĂ©peskĂ©nt kell +Ă©rtelmezni. FigyelnĂĽnk kell a kifejezĂ©sekre, melyeknek speciális jelentĂ©sĂĽk +is lehet.</para> -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Example 4A</title> -<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>4A pĂ©lda</title> +<para><quote>gonosz szem</quote> Mt. 6:23-ban</para> +<para>1.szabály a "gonosz" Ă©s a "szem" jelentĂ©se nem segĂt most. 2. szabály, +szövegkörnyezet: mĂ©g jobban összezavar bennĂĽnket, nem illik sem az elĹ‘tte +lĂ©vĹ‘, sem a következĹ‘ rĂ©szekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen +Ă©rtelmezĂĽnk!</para> +<para>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy hĂ©ber kifejezĂ©s, <quote>gonosz +szem</quote>. KeressĂĽk meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezĂ©st: +Mt. 20:15 "<emphasis>Avagy nem szabad-Ă© nĂ©kem a magamĂ©val azt tennem, amit +akarok? avagy a te szemed azĂ©rt gonosz, mert Ă©n jĂł vagyok?</emphasis>" Itt +azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezĂ©s a fukar Ă©s irigy. MenjĂĽnk vissza Mt. 6 +-hoz, Ă©s jegyezzĂĽk meg, hogy ez az Ă©rtelmezĂ©s hogyan kapcsolja össze a +szöveget.</para> </section> -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Example 4B</title> -<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> -<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>4B pĂ©lda</title> +<para>Ésa. 59:1 <quote> ĂŤmĂ©, nem oly rövid az Ăšr keze,</quote></para> +<para>5 MĂłz. 33:27 <quote>alant vannak örökkĂ©valĂł karjai;</quote></para> <para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. +A testrĂ©szekre hivatkozást az UtolsĂł Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy +bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer +meggyĹ‘ztek embereket, hogy menjenek Ă©s tanĂtsák azt, hogy Isten lehet +belĹ‘lĂĽnk, mint Ĺ! Egy elĹ‘adáson, amelyet Ĺ‘k tartottak, egy csoport Mormon +elöljárĂł kihĂvta Walter Martint (a <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis> +szerzĹ‘je) egy hasonlĂł versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkĂ©rte a +Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak mĂ©g hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4 +<quote>Tollaival fedez be tĂ©ged, Ă©s szárnyai alatt lĂ©szen oltalmad;</quote> +W.M azt mondta ekkor: <quote>ugyanezen Ă©rtelmezĂ©si szabályok alapján +bebizonyĂthatĂł, hogy Ĺ madár</quote>. A Mormonok nevetĂ©sben törtek ki, amint +megĂ©rtettĂ©k az álláspontjuk nevetsĂ©gessĂ©gĂ©t. </para> </section> </section> -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</title> -<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a -meaning.</emphasis></para> -<para>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</para> +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>5. szabály - a pĂ©ldázatok Ă©rtelmĂ©nek megĂ©rtĂ©se, kĂĽlönbsĂ©g a pĂ©ldázat Ă©s az +allegĂłria közt</title> +<para>Az allegĂłria: <emphasis> törtĂ©net, melyben minden elemnek kĂĽlön jelentĂ©se +van.</emphasis></para> +<para>Minden pĂ©ldázat egyben allegĂłria is, igaz, vagy hamis?</para> -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> +<para>NĂ©hány pĂ©ldázat allegĂłria, pĂ©ldául a magvetĹ‘ pĂ©ldázata allegĂłria: a magok +Isten igĂ©i, a bozĂłtok az aggĂłdás, kapzsiság stb. MĂ©gis a legtöbb pĂ©ldázat +nem allegĂłria, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan törtĂ©net, ami illusztrálja a +mondanivalĂłt. VeszĂ©lyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a pĂ©ldázatok alapján, +összezavarhatnak. A tiszta Ărás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a vĂ©lemĂ©nyĂĽnket, +ha egy pĂ©ldázat alátámasztja, az csak jĂł.</para> -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Example 5A</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</para> -<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section> +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>5A pĂ©lda</title> +<para>Az özvegyasszony Ă©s a hamis bĂrĂł pĂ©ldázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a +törtĂ©net egy dolgot tanĂt: merĂ©szsĂ©gre az imában. Ha ezt allegĂłriakĂ©nt +tekintjĂĽk, mit kapunk?</para> +<para>Egy sor durva dolog jön az Ă©rtelmezĂ©sbe: Isten vonakodva vĂ©di az özvegyek +jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Ĺt, stb.</para></section> -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Example 5B</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>5B pĂ©lda</title> +<para>A hűtlen sáfár pĂ©ldázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegĂłria? </para> +<para>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már +nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája +becsapását. </para> </section> </section> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook index 28fe8b3..fdb345e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ <book> <bookinfo> - <title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title> + <title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title> <authorgroup> <author> @@ -29,36 +29,37 @@ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> <copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> - <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + <holder>A &bibletime; csapat (info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license <link -url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman kĂ©szĂtette, Ă©s a <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link> felhasználási feltĂ©telei szerint +licenszelte. A magyar fordĂtást Novák GĂ©za kĂ©szĂtette. </para> <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. + Az idĂ©zetek a Károli Gáspár -fĂ©le BibliábĂłl származnak, kivĂ©ve a kĂĽlön +jelzettek. </para> </legalnotice> <abstract> - <title>Abstract</title> + <title>Vázlat</title> <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible. + A <application>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</application> egy vezĂ©rfonal a +biblia tanulmányozásához </para> <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + A &bibletime; csapat remĂ©nysĂ©ge, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasĂłit az +Ărások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a kĂĽlönleges +ĂştmutatĂł azĂ©rt lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson +semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanĂtást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa Ă©s +tanulmányozza az Ărásokat, hogy a mondandĂłjukat megĂ©rtse. Ha Ăşgy kezd hozzá, +hogy kĂvánja, hogy az Ăšr vesse szavát az ön szĂvĂ©be, Ĺ nem fog csalĂłdást +okozni. </para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 757a7ad..f6ad442 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni -és memorizálni azt már mikroszkópikus betekintést enged az +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni +és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, -tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, -és megtartják azt.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 “<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak -beszédeit [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 “<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +és megtartják azt.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 „<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak +beszédeit [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 „<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel, naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak -beszédét.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 “<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem -ellened.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 “<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő +beszédét.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 „<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem +ellened.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 „<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>” @@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhete feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és memorizálja. Ez azért van így, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia -általános üzenetét.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +általános üzenetét.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html index d248cc0..db4729f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor -megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a “<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”? Ad erre a szakasz példát? +megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a „<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”? Ad erre a szakasz példát? Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <span class="emphasis"><em>A motivációnknak!</em></span> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan “<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>” bárki manapság?)</p></li><li><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan „<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>” bárki manapság?)</p></li><li><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 47adeec..ca63ee8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a -meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes -szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok -tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html index 30e6e93..6408254 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy -szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az -1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az +1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 8e642cd..2605473 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Keresse meg ezeket: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</p></li><li><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Keresse meg ezeket: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</p></li><li><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a -"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1“<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek, -hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>” és az 1 Kor.2.15 “<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban +"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1„<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek, +hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>” és az 1 Kor.2.15 „<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban mindent megítél</span>” között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</p></li><li><p>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</p></li><li><p>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</p></li><li><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú -szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy -héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábál</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Józsué</p></li><li><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy +héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábál</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Józsué</p></li><li><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html index 792ba14..0c64177 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: -“<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”; de a +„<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”; de a Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az Istennel való szövetségért. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, -mintha birtokolnáknák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki -befogadta a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta +mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta +a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]</p><p>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható, szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk Krisztussal.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 2f2e2ed..0ec1437 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és ható... </em></span> " Jézus mondta<span class="emphasis"><em> (Mt. 4:4)</em></span><span class="emphasis"><em> Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.</em></span> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ Press 1978, 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>A 2 Tim. 3:16 így folytatódi megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészített.</em></span>" Ha hisszük, hogy a Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a -tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 2d7693a..d89539d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a -workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of -truth.</em></span>" +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim. 2:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em> Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, +mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az +igazságnak beszédét.</em></span>" </p><p> -Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all -wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and -spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to -God.</em></span>" -</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have? </p><p> -Not a little!</p><p> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Kol. 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>A Krisztusnak beszéde lakozzék ti bennetek gazdagon, +minden bölcsességben; tanítván és intvén egymást zsoltárokkal, +dicséretekkel, lelki énekekkel, hálával zengedezvén a ti szívetekben az +Úrnak.</em></span>" +</p><p>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle? </p><p> +Nem kevés!</p><p> +Préd. 12:13-14 "<span class="emphasis"><em>A bölcseknek beszédei hasonlatosak az ösztökéhez, +és mint a szegek, erősen le vannak verve a gyülekezetek tanítóinak szavai; +melyek egy pásztortól adattak. Mindezekből, fiam, intessél meg: a sok +könyvek írásának nincs vége, és a sok tanulás fáradságára van a +testnek.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely harcol </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 6e767de..85dbf6f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,14 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the -truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent -wind.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, -tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of -doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are -mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>God's word</p></li><li><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn. 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká +tesz titeket.</em></span>" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták +idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás +összes formáját? A válasz a mondat első felében van, a 31. versben: +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Ha ti megmaradtok az én beszédemben, bizonynyal az én +tanítványaim vagytok;</em></span>"</p><p>Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten +igéjének igazságát.</p><p>A "szél" jelentésű görög szó, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel, +<span class="emphasis"><em>erőszakos szél.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em> Az, hogy nem vagyunk +gyermekek, azt eredményezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, védve +vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől...</em></span>" Egyik dolog, amit az Ige +tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk +könnyen "elfújhatók."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az +Istennek hatalmát.</em></span>" Mt. 22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li><p>Isten hatalma </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html index 71266c1..462b9ec 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó +hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> és az +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span> határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják: +egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentéssel. Úgy használva, hogy ami +elvégeztetett, az örökre érvényes, és soha nem kell megismételni, és ezt +alkalmazzák az ÚSZ-ben, mint megváltás és kinyilatkoztatás. Így Júdás +apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (Júd. 3), és a +Római levél is mondja "<span class="emphasis"><em>a bűnnek halt meg egyszer</em></span>" +(Róm. 6:10; lásd még: 1 Pét. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28). </p><p> +Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus +szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a +Krisztusi kijelentés, és Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban +teljesedett be. Semmi sem adható hozzá, anélkül, hogy lekicsinyelnénk +Krisztust... Ez az a két szikla, amin a protestáns reformáció alapul -- +Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevétele nélkül, +Krisztus pedig bevégezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevétele +nélkül. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> a fenhatóságunkat illetve, és a +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> a megváltásunkat tekintve</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó,</em></span> InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bátorítás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index c6a24d3..b2a5934 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week.</p></li><li><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to -the day of the month.</p></li><li><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance -on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one -chapter per day.</p></li><li><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one -chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you -will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p> Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen +olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 +és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről +évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy +héten.</p></li><li><p>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak +megfelelően.</p></li><li><p>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, +például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</p></li><li><p>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a +Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</p></li><li><p>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet +olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket, +sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html index fc677d0..3e28d2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p> -Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)? </td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Szellemi páncél" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kérdés</th><th>Válasz</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Mennyi támadó?</td><td>Egy</td></tr><tr><td>Melyik(ek)? </td><td>az ige - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">réma</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bátorítás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html index 8fcc543..a7c396d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p> -Mit tesz önért a Bibliatanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p> +Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy "<span class="emphasis"><em>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</em></span>" Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.2. táblázat - Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 </td><td>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva megszentelje." </td></tr><tr><td> @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között." </td></tr><tr><td> Róm. 15:4 </td><td> -vígasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk." +vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk." </td></tr><tr><td> Róm. 10:17 </td><td> @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ Mt. 4:4 </td><td> táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html index 3cb5d33..810e099 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy -megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év bestsellere! @@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ volna. fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <span class="emphasis"><em> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség dokumentumai?</em></span> műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más ősi iratokkal: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8 +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.1. táblázat - Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 Kr.u.</td><td>1100 Kr.u.</td><td>1000 év</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háború</em></span></td><td>58-50 Kr.e.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>950 év</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td>Livius <span class="emphasis"><em>Róma története</em></span></td><td>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>900 év</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Újszövetség</td><td>Kr.u. 40 - 100</td><td>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</td><td>30 -310 év</td><td>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háborújából</em></span> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan -példánya 350-ből, több papirusztekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes +példánya 350-ből, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi -ősi prózai irat között." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szövegkritikája írja, 1.kötet -561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <span class="emphasis"><em>Élet Kérdései</em></span> -25-26. oldalán </span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ősi prózai irat között." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szöveg kritikája írja, +1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <span class="emphasis"><em>Élet +Kérdései</em></span> 25-26. oldalán </span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html index 98cef98..2af262d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi +a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az +baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz +helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad +bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében, +tovább kell keresnünk.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"születik víztől és +Lélektől"</em></span> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?</p><p>Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a +témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen +témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a +magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor. 14:34 „<span class="quote"> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a +gyülekezetekben,</span>” együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel „<span class="quote">Minden +asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 2:38 „<span class="quote"> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és +keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek +bocsánatjára; "</span>”. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi +újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre, +levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az +újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben +megérthettük. Péter sürgetése a bemerítkezésre/keresztelésre egy mód arra +tekintve, hogy a hallgatósága válaszoljon az örömhírre. Ha a +bemerítés/keresztelés lenne az út az újjászületéshez, hogyan írhatta Pál az +1 Kor. 1:17 -ben<span class="emphasis"><em> Mert nem azért küldött engem a Krisztus, hogy +kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyéliomot hirdessem</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index e80538a..9caadfe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p> +Először ne azt kérdezzük „<span class="quote"> Mit jelent ez számomra</span>”, hanem +„<span class="quote">Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</span>” Csak ez után +tegyük fel a kérdést: „<span class="quote">Mit jelent ez számomra?</span>” Be kell +tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">Három nap és három éjjel</span>” (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a +"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong +kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott +fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három" +és "nap" szó szerint vétele nem segít a látható ellentmondás feloldásában.</p><p>Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a +napnak teljes napként számolták, úgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a +vizesvödröket részben. (ha hat és fél vödör vizünk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7 +vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett +napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és +este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól +szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a +harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek +között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik +fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is, +ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált +keresztül, így ez egyoldalú szövetség.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html index d1e0040..3d16ab1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,25 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell +értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük +is lehet.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">gonosz szem</span>” Mt. 6:23-ban</p><p>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, +szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte +lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen +értelmezünk!</p><p>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, „<span class="quote">gonosz +szem</span>”. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: +Mt. 20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit +akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?</em></span>" Itt +azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6 +-hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a +szöveget.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 „<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 „<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</p><p> +A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy +bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer +meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet +belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy csoport Mormon +elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span> +szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a +Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4 +„<span class="quote">Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</span>” +W.M azt mondta ekkor: „<span class="quote">ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján +bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</span>”. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint +megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 516bfc7..7e13598 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a -meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</h2></div></div></div><p>Az allegória: <span class="emphasis"><em> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése +van.</em></span></p><p>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</p><p>Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok +Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat +nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a +mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján, +összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket, +ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a +történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként +tekintjük, mit kapunk?</p><p>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek +jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </p><p>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már +nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája +becsapását. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html index ffbf96c..50e75b4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,69 +1,71 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the -cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; -and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet, +kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai +hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az +eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok +alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga +az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2 +Pét. 1:20 „<span class="quote"> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem +támad saját magyarázatból.</span>”). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes +megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek +számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16 +„<span class="quote">a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a +tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a +magok vesztére.</span>”</p><p>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson +figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? +Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a +szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő +lépések követésével:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az +igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li><p><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög +vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új +megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan +használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még +értelmezési segítséget a szó használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben +is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a +magyar? <span class="emphasis"><em>Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar +fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata +is.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn. 20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ne érints"</em></span> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy +hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt, +mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés, +nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991). művében.</p><p>Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó "érints" mellett a pim680 +számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: "680: +haptomai a hapto származéka (681), érints. Pontos jelentése tartani +valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao +(5584) szótól, melynek jelentése valaminek a felszínét érinteni. Most nézzük +a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat +valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet +befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy +fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <span class="emphasis"><em>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és +imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</em></span> Mi +ez a megkenés?</p><p>Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is +amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni, +bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni" +(Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett +melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya +szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli +főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék +őt.</p></li><li><p>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</p></li><li><p>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</p></li><li><p>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a +saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Chrio kereszthivatkozásai: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk. 4:28 „<span class="quote">Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy +a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit +felkentél, [...]</p></li><li><p>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és +hatalommal, </p></li><li><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a +kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata, +"chrio" pedig a szellemi</em></span></p><p>Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról +abban az időben, a jó szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert +emberről, olajat és bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyógyszer volt abban +az időben. +</p><p>Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére +<span class="emphasis"><em>Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és +imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</em></span> A +"megkenvén" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati! </p><p> +Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán "már +megkenve" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni "az Úrnak +nevében" vagyis az ima történik az Úr nevében, nem a +megkenetés. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vének előbb adjanak +orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegért az Úr nevében. Ugye milyen világos +az egyensúlya a gyakorlatinak és a szelleminek a mi Urunkban! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html index 643aa51..8b5543f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content='Vázlat A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához A BibleTime csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.'><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike" felhasználási feltételei szerint +licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette. </p><p> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible. + Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön +jelzettek. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p><p> + A <span class="application">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</span> egy vezérfonal a +biblia tanulmányozásához </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az +írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges +útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson +semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és +tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, +hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást +okozni. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Szellemi páncél</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 65f27ac..e519f76 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 «<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 «<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>»</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 «<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>» +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 «<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>» +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 «<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 «<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 «<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>» </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 735e5c9..4337cff 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does «<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>» mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>» +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 4b07093..4a12674 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle -definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La parola di Dio non �contradittoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra -interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html index e2dd80f..9627170 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o -una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di una personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di -Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di una personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di +Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index cc45fb0..5e46fc9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un particolare versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno studio tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un particolare versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</p></li><li><p>«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno studio tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>» and 1 Cor.2:15 «<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i significati dei nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o -ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i significati dei nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o +ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html index cc6828b..1723b17 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +said «<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>Non c'�merito n�profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se ci porta a Ges Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo avere una forta speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approcci alla parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approcci alla parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 9bdce85..09167f7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3,16 co e formare alla giustizia, perchč l'uomo di Dio sia completo e ben preparato per ogni opera buona.</em></span>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia č veramente Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarŕ la nostra guida in -tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 820d273..c707b67 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em>«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un uomo degno di approvazione, un lavoratore che non ha di che vergognarsi, uno -scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della veritŕ.</span>”</em></span> +scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della veritŕ.</span>»</em></span> </p><p> -Col 3,16 <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi +Col 3,16 <span class="emphasis"><em>«<span class="quote">La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi abbondantemente; ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a Dio di cuore e con gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici -spirituali.</span>”</em></span> +spirituali.</span>»</em></span> </p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </p><p> Non poco!</p><p> Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che da battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: Una volta per tutte</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che da battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: Una volta per tutte</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 46399e0..92c449d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende liberi</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende liberi</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e lŕ da qualsiasi vento di dottrina saremo radicati nella veritŕ col risultato che non saremo facilmente "soffiati via."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>E Gesů rispose loro: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Voi vi ingannate, non conoscendo né le Scritture, né la potenza di Dio.</em></span>"Mt 22,29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati -dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che da battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che da battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html index 8c65867..1c188e1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: Una volta per tutte</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: “<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>”</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: Una volta per tutte</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: «<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index c0e81b5..64653aa 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li><p>Salmi e Proverbi giorno.</p></li><li><p>Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: Una volta per tutte </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: Una volta per tutte </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html index fd236e8..3851460 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che da battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro che da battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ef 6,10-18 č un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Quale? </td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che da battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro che da battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef 6,10-18 č un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Quale? </td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html index 89c7b98..8487100 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che funziona</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che funziona</h2></div></div></div><p> Quale sarŕ l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la bibbia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera in voi che credete.</em></span>" Accanto ad ogni scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26 +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26 </td><td>purifica -- "... purificandola per mezzo dell'acqua e della parola." </td></tr><tr><td> At 20,32 @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ Mt 4,4 </td><td> nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non solo di pane vivrŕ l'uomo ma di ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio.'" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html index 2f325dc..b330521 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro eccezionale</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro eccezionale</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! </p></li><li><p> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Opera</th><th>Epoca di scrittura</th><th>Copia piů antica</th><th>Differnza di tempo</th><th>Numero delle copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8 +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Opera</th><th>Epoca di scrittura</th><th>Copia piů antica</th><th>Differnza di tempo</th><th>Numero delle copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacito</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anni</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Giulio Cesare</td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anni</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Ab urbe condita</em></span> di Livio</td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anni</td><td>20 @@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table b testamento č unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa dell'Anitichitŕ." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html index 0eb100b..f41e734 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<span class="emphasis"><em>nato d'acqua +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<span class="emphasis"><em>nato d'acqua e di Spirito.</em></span>" Nel contesto, qual č l'acqua si cui si discute?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 «<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>» has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 «<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index eb81e92..01c64a5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking «<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>» but +«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»; later we can ask, +«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>». We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> «<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 2d48334..d3b22fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>» in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «<span class="quote">evil eye</span>». Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 «<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</p><p>Deut.33:27 «<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 «<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>». W.M. said, «<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html index da96a91..c796650 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una -parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola č un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i -diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html index 4ef54c8..c8b9c0b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 «<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>»</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of @@ -66,4 +66,4 @@ the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html index 2aa4af0..26aa343 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". @@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una -parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 2873e44..4229391 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” </p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 248b459..19ff65c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as @@ -6,4 +6,4 @@ Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li> passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index c117887..c6dd38a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 -말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 +말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html index e12465c..c0377bd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index f37589f..fc872eb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html index 13b0499..9a8c1f1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에 필요한 것은 오직 말씀을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 59b9fd2..50edbd3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" @@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R.W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, "<span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에 유익하니</em></span>"라고 말씀하였다. 만일 우리가 성경이 정말로 하나님께서 우리에게 말씀하시는 것이라 믿는다면, 말씀이 우리의 -모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 12bd46d..84f9d02 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p> 딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</em></span>" </p><p> @@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index b08d433..daaaa9e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>이것은 조건적 바람</em></span>이다. "<span class="emphasis"><em>결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는 안된다...</em></span>"성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을 진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV -Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html index d7baf75..b46b9fd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R. W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index d7f9335..9b74b2d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 수 있다. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html index ea4c891..f2899b3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> -엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가? </td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가? </td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html index c669a9d..135cac8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> 성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "<span class="emphasis"><em>말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서 역사하느니라.</em></span>" 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26 +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26 </td><td>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..." </td></tr><tr><td> 행 20:32 @@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " </td><td> 양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html index 896d162..e22f792 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! </p></li><li><p> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8 +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000년</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>시저(Caesar)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950년</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td>리비우스(Livy)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900년</td><td>20 @@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html index 9d1a20e..5d286ce 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 6cb78cf..031a5ce 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p> At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but “<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 52dd294..df3e791 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was @@ -18,5 +18,5 @@ shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the sa interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html index da6bf34..ea0537b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html index 491ddc2..8501407 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in whic things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since @@ -66,4 +66,4 @@ the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html index 9ffd2d1..1094640 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". @@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">영적인 무기</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>표 목록</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">영적인 무기</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 3cbdbb9..7e8e0d6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” </p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 413c75e..b12cc2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index fcd8fe7..c3eaedc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met -definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test -van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html index 4e9deb1..97bf803 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van -tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het -leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het +leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index e86cc1f..65e6f52 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of -Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html index e2ff2bb..1368e3b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index cb15be5..186c3cf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust.</em></span>" Als wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en -gedrag. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +gedrag. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index ad167d1..4467d4e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid recht snijdt.</em></span>" @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 84459aa..bb50519 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei wind van leer...</em></span>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de -Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gods woord</p></li><li><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gods woord</p></li><li><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html index 07f60ab..f211383 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 4bd6190..25d7e66 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p></li><li><p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html index a9f9dac..e10d8cf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke? </td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke? </td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html index 77f6f60..3cacb79 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p> Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel "<span class="emphasis"><em>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</em></span>" Schrijf naast elk schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 </td><td>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord." </td></tr><tr><td> Hand.20:32 @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ Matt.4:4 voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods gaat." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html index 8f6377b..09827ec 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! </p></li><li><p> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude teksten.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude teksten." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Wanneer geschreven</th><th>Oudste kopie</th><th>Tijdsduur</th><th>Aantal exemplaren</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>1300 jaar</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 na Chr.</td><td>1100 na Chr.</td><td>1000 jaar</td><td>20 @@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table b tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle andere antieke proza." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html index 17bb96b..1c37c50 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water en geest."</em></span> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier gaat?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index ac108c0..d05a023 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p> At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but “<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 16b75c0..6bf0b3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was @@ -18,5 +18,5 @@ shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the sa interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html index cc45647..00aa785 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een -gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om -de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html index 429c0cb..eca625c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in whic things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since @@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html index 156e92e..cf9e010 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een -gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude -teksten.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geestelijke wapenrusting</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lijst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geestelijke wapenrusting</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 6afa260..d107bdc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 “<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a -palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lę e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 “<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lę e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</p><p>1 Tm 4.13 “<span class="quote">aplica-te ŕ leitura, ŕ exortaçăo, e ao ensino</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 “<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 “<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>” </p><p>2 Tm 2.15 “<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que năo tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da -verdade.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 “<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coraçăo, para năo pecar contra -ti.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que năo anda segundo o conselho dos +verdade.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 “<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coraçăo, para năo pecar contra +ti.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que năo anda segundo o conselho dos ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita de dia e noite. </span>” @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ de dia e noite. </span>” fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html index ef8ef03..27d77ee 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? <span class="emphasis"><em>Nossas motivaçőes!</em></span> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando vocę oferta</p></li><li><p>Quando vocę jejua</p></li><li><p>Quando vocę ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruçőes específicas sobre como evitar maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas açőes:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando vocę oferta </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>faça-o em secreto</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Como usar uma concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +today?)</p></li><li><p>faça-o em secreto</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Como usar uma concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index f1dfe0a..6db902c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com -definiçőes. Năo leia o que năo é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com +definiçőes. Năo leia o que năo é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a -passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia Cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus +passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia Cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus năo se contradiz, entŕo nossa interpretaçăo precisa passar pelo teste de -outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html index a72aa48..d4bd4a7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma -concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 49a6b8b..7b65383 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Como usar uma concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Como usar uma concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo</p></li><li><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</p></li><li><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até vocę achar o seu versículo</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre esses versículos: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Como usar uma concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Como usar uma concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo</p></li><li><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</p></li><li><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até vocę achar o seu versículo</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre esses versículos: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradiçăo na Ediçăo Revista e Atualizada de Almeida +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradiçăo na Ediçăo Revista e Atualizada de Almeida entre Mt 7.1 “<span class="quote">Năo julgueis para que năo sejais julgados</span>” e 1 Co 2.15 “<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</span>”. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como @@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como daqui). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Procure "julgar" </p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Agora procure "julgado"</p></li><li><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego -ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html index c1c27c4..c837a4a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>Năo há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index efc7c2a..b8c4792 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</em></span>". Se nós aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente -ela será nossa autoridade em toda questăo de fé e conduta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ela será nossa autoridade em toda questăo de fé e conduta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 78c540b..12f423c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortaçőes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortaçőes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortaçőes</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortaçőes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortaçőes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortaçőes</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que năo tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" </p><p> @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 42c3107..f0d316f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ verdade da Palavra de Deus.</p><p>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...</em></span>". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos firmar na verdade, que năo nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, năo compreendendo as -Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html index 28ba8ba..a76f357 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortaçőes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortaçőes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso,</em></span>Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortaçőes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortaçőes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index dfa08d2..49924a0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li><p>Provérbios em um Męs: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ exemplo, no vigésimo. dia vocę lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li><p>Sal dia.</p></li><li><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se vocę ler um capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provérbios, vocę lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6f42ba6..0282719 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortaçőes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas săo para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas săo para atacar?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Qual? </td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortaçőes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortaçőes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas săo para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas săo para atacar?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Qual? </td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortaçőes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html index 6d9e4fa..8b15cc5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p> O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por vocę? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera em vós que credes</em></span>". Do lado de cada escritura, escreva o que a Palavra faz: -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristăos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristăos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referęncia</th><th>Açăo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.25 +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristăos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristăos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referęncia</th><th>Açăo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.25 </td><td>santificaçăo -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela palavra" </td></tr><tr><td> @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ Mt 4.4 </td><td> Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de păo viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html index 3fc7c21..c899c43 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortaçőes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortaçőes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! </p></li><li><p> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparaçăo dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparaçăo dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8 +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.1. Comparaçăo dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparaçăo dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span></td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20 @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidęncias e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em absoluta e inalcançável posiçăo dentre outras escrituras antigas." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html index 288e8a7..34bbc37 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma liçăo passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma liçăo passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do Espírito"</em></span>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questăo aqui?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 “<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>” deve ser +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 “<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>” deve ser considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 “<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher que ora ou -profetiza....</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +profetiza....</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3aad3ad..8243d09 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but “<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html index a289f60..64e7208 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>” em Mt 6.23</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>” em Mt 6.23</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 “<span class="quote">Eis que a măo do Senhor năo está encolhida</span>”</p><p>Dt 33.27 “<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitaçăo, e por baixo estăo os braços +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 “<span class="quote">Eis que a măo do Senhor năo está encolhida</span>”</p><p>Dt 33.27 “<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitaçăo, e por baixo estăo os braços eternos</span>”</p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they @@ -19,5 +19,5 @@ shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the sa interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html index c477c28..834a3d1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Uma alegoria é: <span class="emphasis"><em>uma história onde cada elemento tem um significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para -proteger o direito das viúvas, oraçőes incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +proteger o direito das viúvas, oraçőes incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html index f33c5cb..9ab4638 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in whic things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definiçăo. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referencia Cruzada. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Como usar uma concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Como usar uma concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html index e4a6f3b..aff6785 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Resumo The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Resumo The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". @@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortaçőes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaçăo dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristăos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortaçőes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaçăo dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristăos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 941feab..dacb598 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 «<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 «<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>»</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 «<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>» +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 «<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>» +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 «<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 «<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 «<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>» </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html index df75629..a83128b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does «<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>» mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>» +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 2e9c921..ee6b97a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со -значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со +значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест -Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html index bbd45fb..638825a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки -или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки +или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 92e1e5a..3d59ac7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</p></li><li><p>«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>» and 1 Cor.2:15 «<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском -языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском +языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html index 433e5d2..457a194 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +said «<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ deceived. [...]</p><p>Нет ни зас том случае, если это действительно сближает нас с Иисусом Христом. Всякий раз при чтении Библии, необходимо усердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение встретиться со Христом.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приближение к Слову Божьему</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приближение к Слову Божьему</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 568a80b..7c17054 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93 исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий человек, ко всякому доброму делу приготовлен.</em></span>" Если мы принимаем то, что Библия - это действительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, следовательно, она -будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 0eb81e2..075ff3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Тим.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</em></span>" </p><p> @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 2509dfa..b45617c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Как види&# ветер.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения...</em></span>" Изучение Библии даёт нам укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>заблуждаетесь, не -зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html index 1870a01..4c34cf8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 784e31a..4035bd3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with главе в день.</p></li><li><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий Завет за 2 года и 2 недели. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html index fd870bc..c33f434 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p> -В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое? </td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p> +В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое? </td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html index 56f61ab..849e41e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p> Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия "<span class="emphasis"><em>действует в вас, верующих.</em></span>" Рядом с каждым отрывком, запишите действие, которое производит Слово. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26 +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26 </td><td>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" </td></tr><tr><td> Деян.20:32 @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " </td><td> питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html index f9d50ee..9db3f46 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! </p></li><li><p> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8 +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 г. н.э.</td><td>1100 г. н.э.</td><td>1000 лет</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Цезарь <span class="emphasis"><em>"Галльские войны"</em></span></td><td>50-58 г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>950 лет</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td>Ливий <span class="emphasis"><em>"Римская история"</em></span></td><td>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>900 лет</td><td>20 @@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table b абсолютно и неоспоримо исключительным среди других старинных прозаичных рукописей." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html index 6608f92..9f8f419 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и Духа".</em></span> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 «<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>» has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 «<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 364489f..3df1231 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking «<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>» but +«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»; later we can ask, +«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>». We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> «<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html index a9a8134..9090e6d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p>«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>» in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «<span class="quote">evil eye</span>». Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 «<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</p><p>Deut.33:27 «<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 «<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>». W.M. said, «<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 575f143..d455321 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права -вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html index 6d8cc14..ee9966a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 «<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>»</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html index 3776dc0..7ed009a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". @@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Список таблиц</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |
